Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 351

Service

Repair Manual
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior
Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Service Department. Technical Information


Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual
Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group
50 - Body Front
55 - Hood, Lids
57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System
58 - Rear Doors
60 - Sunroof
63 - Bumpers
64 - Glass, Window Regulators
66 - Exterior Equipment

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.

All rights reserved.


No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.

Copyright © 2013 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D3E8020B3C2


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Contents

50 - Body Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Bulkhead Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Bulkhead Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.3 Fender Insulation Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.4 Front Fender Overview . . . . . . . . . n. A. G. ..V.ol.ks. w. a.g.en. A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
ge Gd
1.5 Lock Carrier Overview . . . V. o.lk.s.wa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .oe. s.n.ot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
y gu
1.6 Lock Carrier Service Position,
ise
db Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ar.an. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
r te
1.7 Noise Insulation Overview
ut
ho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e.o.r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
a a
1.8 Plenum ChambersBulkhead
s Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

ce
le

1.9 Plenum Chamber Cover Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10


un

pt
an
d
itte

1.10 Tunnel Bridge Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

y li
erm

ab
1.11 Underbody Impact Guard Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ility
ot p

1.12 Underbody Trim Panel, Center Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

wit
is n

h re
1.13 Underbody Trim Panel, Rear Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
ole,

spec
2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
3 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.1 Charge Air Cooler Pressure Hose and Coupling, Disconnecting and Connecting . . . . . . . . 16
3.2 Front Fender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

rrectne
3.3 Fender Brace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.4 Lock Carrier with Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

ss o
3.5 Plenum Chamber Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
cial p

f inform
4 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
mer

atio
m

55 - Hood, Lids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
1 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
te

sd
va

1.1 Hood Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

1.2 Hood Seal Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28


en
ng

t.
yi
1.3 Hood Locking Component Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Co
Cop py
t.
1.4 Hood Release, Disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
rig
gh ht
pyri by
1.5 Hood, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
1.6 Hood Latch, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prote
32
AG.

1.7 Hood Striker Pin, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33


1.8 Rear Lid Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.9 Rear Lid Adjustment Buffer, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.10 Rear Lid Gas-Filled Strut Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
1.11 Rear Lid Gas Strut, Venting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.12 Rear Lid Hinge Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.13 Rear Lid Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
1.14 Rear Lid Striker Pin, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
1.15 Fuel Filler Door Unit and Actuator Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.1 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.2 Hood Gas Strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.3 Hood Gas-Filled Strut Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.4 Hood Hinge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.5 Hood Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.6 Hood Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.7 Hood Release Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.8 Hood Striker Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.9 Rear Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Contents i
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
3.10 Rear Lid Adjusting Buffer . . . . . . . . . .ol.ks.w.a.g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d. o.e.s n. o.t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
V g
3.11 Rear Lid Gas Strut . . . . . . . . . . s. e.d .by. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .u.ar.an. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
ir t
3.12 Rear Lid Hinge . . . . . . . . . . u.th. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ee.o.r . . . . . . . . . .
o 62
a a
3.13 Rear Lid Lock . . . . . . . . . .ss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. . . . . . . . . . 64

ce
e
3.14 Rear Lid Release Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

nl

pt
du

an
3.15 Rear Lid Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

itte

y li
erm

ab
3.16 Rear Lid Striker Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

ility
ot p
3.17 Rear Lid Unlocking Element with Rearview Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

wit
, is n
3.18 Fuel Filler Door Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

h re
hole

spec
3.19 Fuel Filler Door Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
es, in part or in w

4 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

t to the co
57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

rrectness of i
1 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
l purpos

1.1 Central Locking Component Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78


1.2 Door, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
1.3 Door Handle and Door Lock Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

nform
ercia

1.4 Door Hinge Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85


m

at
om

1.5 Folding Remote Vehicle Key Battery Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

ion
c

in t
1.6 Front Door Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
or

his
te

1.7 Insulation Overview, 2-Door Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90


a

do
priv

c
1.8 Insulation Overview, 4-Door Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

um
for

en
g

1.9 New Door Hinges, Lubricating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92


n

t.
yi Co
op
1.10 Remote Vehicle Keys, Adaptation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
3 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prote AG.
95
3.1 Cap without Lock Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
3.2 Cover, 2-Door Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3.3 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3.4 Door Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3.5 Door Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
3.6 Inner Door Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
3.7 Inner Window Shaft Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
3.8 Lock Cylinder Cover Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
3.9 Lock Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
3.10 Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
3.11 Outer Window Recess Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
3.12 Outer Door Seal, 2-Door Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
3.13 Outer Door Seal, 4-Door Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
3.14 Remote Foldable Vehicle Key Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
3.15 Subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
3.16 Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
4 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

58 - Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126


1 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
1.1 Door Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
1.2 Door Handle and Door Lock Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
1.3 Door Hinge Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
1.4 Insulation Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
1.5 New Door Hinge, Lubricating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
1.6 Rear Door Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
3 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.1 Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

ii Contents
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3.2 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140


3.3 Door Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3.4 Door Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.5 Inner Door Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
3.6 Inner Window Shaft Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
3.7 Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
3.8 Outer Door Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
3.9 Outer Window
agen
AG.Recess
VolkswageSealn AG d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
oes 151
ksw
3.10 Subframe
by
Vol
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n.o.t g.u.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
d r
3.11orise Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .an.te.e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
th o
u
s4
sa Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .r a.c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

ce
le
un

60 - Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

pt
an
d
itte

y li
1 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
erm

ab
ility
1.1 Installation Unit Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
ot p

wit
is n

1.2 Operating without Electricity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

h re
ole,

1.3 Panel Seal, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

1.4 Parallel Movement, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

t to the co
1.5 Parallel Movement, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
1.6 Sunroof Glass Panel Drive Zero Position, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
1.7 Sunroof with Glass Panel Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

rrectne
1.8 Sunroof with Glass Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
1.9 Sunroof Glass Panel Height, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ss o 168
1.10 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
cial p

f inform

1.11 Wind Deflector, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171


mer

atio

2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
om

n
c

3 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174


i
or

n thi
e

3.1 Bellows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174


t

sd
iva

o
r

3.2 Installation Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176


p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

3.3 Panel Seal, Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


yi
t.
Co 178
op
3.4 Rear Guide and Guide Catch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
C py
t. rig
gh
3.5 Slotted Guide Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
3.6 Sunroof Glass Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.7 Sun Shade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
3.8 Sunroof Glass Panel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
3.9 Sunroof Glass Panel Rotary Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
3.10 Wind Deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
4 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

63 - Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
1.1 Front Bumper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
1.2 Rear Bumper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
2 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
2.1 Front Bumper Overviews . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
2.2 Front Bumper Overviews, GTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
2.3 Front Bumper Overviews, Golf R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
2.4 Front Bumper Carrier Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
2.5 Side Guide Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
2.6 Rear Bumper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
2.7 Rear Bumper Overviews, GTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
2.8 Rear Bumper Overviews, Golf R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
2.9 Rear Bumper Cover Substructure Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
2.10 Rear Bumper Carrier Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
2.11 Trailer Hitch Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Contents iii
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.12 Parking Aid Mount, Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204


3 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
4 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
4.1 Front Bumper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
4.2 Front Bumper, GTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
4.3 Front Bumper, Golf R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
4.4 License Plate Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
4.5 Rear Bumper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
4.6 Rear Bumper Cover, GTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
4.7 Rear Bumper Cover, Golf R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
4.8 Rear Bumper License Plate Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
4.9 Parking Aid Mount, Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
5 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

64 - Glass, Window Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238


1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
1.1 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
1.2 Installation Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
1.3 Minimum Curing Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
2 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
2.1 Rear Window Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
2.2 Side Window Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
2.3 Windshield Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
2.4 Undamaged Window, Preparing for Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
2.5 Preparing New Window without Pre-Coating for Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2.6 Window Flange, Preparing for Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
3 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
4 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
4.1 Flush Bonded Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
4.2 Front Door Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
4.3 Front Door Window Regulator Motor . . . . . . . . . . . g. e.n.A.G.. V. o. lk. s.w.a.ge. n. A.G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
a do
4.4 Front Door Window Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . .y V. o.lk.s.w. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .es. n.o.t g. . . . . . . . . . . 262
b ua
4.5 Rear Door Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ri.se.d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r.a.nt.e . . . . . . 263
o e
4.6 Rear Door Window Regulator Motor au.th. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .o.r a. . . . 266
s c
4.7 Rear Door Window Crank . . . . . . .s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
ce
le
un

4.8 Rear Door Window Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269


pt
an
d
itte

4.9 Rear Door Fixed Door Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271


y li
rm

ab
pe

5 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274


ility
ot

wit
, is n

66 - Exterior Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276


h re
hole

spec

1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276


es, in part or in w

t to the co

1.1 Roof Edge Spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276


1.2 Name Plates and Emblems Installation Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
2 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
rrectness of i

2.1 Anti-Rodent System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279


l purpos

2.2 Drip Rail Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281


2.3 Exterior Mirror Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
nform
ercia

2.4 Front Wheel Housing Liner Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283


m

2.5 Rear Wheel Housing Liner Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284


a
com

tio

2.6 Roof Edge Spoiler Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285


n in
r
te o

thi

2.7 Sill Panel Cover Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286


s
iva

do

2.8 Sill Panel Extension Overview, GTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287


r
rp

cum
fo

2.9 Sill Panel Extension Overview, Golf R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287


en
ng

t.
yi
2.10 Special Component Overview, Golf R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by

iv
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Contents
agen
Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.11 Wheel Cover Trim Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290


3 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
3.1 Rear Name Plate Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
AG. Volkswagen AG d
3.2 Rear Name Plate, lksw GTI . . . . . . . . . . . e. s.n.ot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
agen o 292
o
3.3 Rear Name ed
by VPlate, Golf R . . . . . . . . . . . . . g.ua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ra 293
3.4 Emblem ris Adidas on B-Pillar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n.te.e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
tho or
3.5 au
Emblem STYLE on B-Pillar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
ss
3.6 Tightening Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

4 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297


itte

y li
rm

ab
4.1 Anti-Rodent System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
pe

ility
4.2 Drip Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
ot

wit
, is n

4.3 Emblem on Radiator Grille, Golf R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

h re
hole

spec
4.4 Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
es, in part or in w

4.5 Front Wheel Housing Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

t to the co
4.6 Rear Wheel Housing Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
4.7 Radiator Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

rrectness of i
4.8 Roof Edge Spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
4.9 Roof Edge Spoiler Retaining Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
l purpos

4.10 Sill Cover Strip Installation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322


4.11 Sill Cover Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

nform
ercia

4.12 Sill Panel Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324


m

a
4.13 Sill Panel Extension, GTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
com

tion in
4.14 Sill Panel Extension, Golf R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
r
te o

4.15 Stone Chip Protective Molding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . thi 334


s
iva

do
r

4.16 Wheel Cover Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338


rp

cum
fo

en
g

5 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Contents v
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Golf 2009 ➤ Volkswa not
y gu
Body Exterior
ise
d b- Edition 06.2011 ara
nte
r
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

vi Contents
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

50 – Body Front
1 Description and Operation
⇒ “1.1 Bulkhead Materials”, page 1
⇒ “1.2 Bulkhead Overview”, page 2
⇒ “1.3 Fender Insulation Component Locations”, page 3
⇒ “1.4 Front Fender Overview”, page 3
⇒ “1.5 Lock Carrier Overview”, page 5
⇒ “1.6 Lock Carrier Service Position, Setting”, page 6
⇒ “1.7 Noise Insulation Overview”, page 8
⇒ “1.8 Plenum Chamber Bulkhead Overview”, page 9
⇒ “1.9 Plenum Chamber Cover Overview”, page 10
⇒ “1.10 Tunnel Bridge Overview”, page 11
⇒ “1.11 Underbody Impact Guard Overview”, page 12
⇒ “1.12 Underbody Trim Panel, Center Overview”, page 13
⇒ “1.13 Underbody Trim Panel, Rear Overview”, page 14

1.1 Bulkhead Materials


♦ 1K window adhesive DH 009 100 A2 1)

♦ Activator D 181 801 A1

♦ Glass primer/paint primer D 009 200 02


olkswagen AG
en AG. V
♦ Cleaning solution D 009 401
olks04
wag does
not
yV gu
db ara
ir se nte
♦ Primer applicator Dho009 500 25 eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le

1) Heat according to manufacturer's instructions using cartridge heater -V.A.G


un

pt

1939-
an
d
itte

y li

2) Observe the minimum curing time, refer to


erm

ab

⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing Time”, page 239


ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 1


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.2 Bulkhead Overview

Note

The bulkhead -1- is bolted and also bonded in with PUR adhesive sealing material -3-.

1 - Bulkhead
❑ Removing:
– Cut through the bead of
adhesive -3- after re‐ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
moving the screws -2-. olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
2 - Body Flange ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
3 - PUR Adhesive Sealant s

ce
le
un

pt
❑ DH 009 100 03

an
d
itte

y li
❑ Bead diameter: width =
erm

ab
8 mm, height = 10 mm

ility
ot p

wit
❑ Minimum curing time,
is n

h re
refer to
ole,

spec
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing
urposes, in part or in wh

Time”, page 239 .

t to the co
4 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐

rrectne
tion: 25 Nm
❑ Quantity: 10

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.3 Fender Insulation Component Locations

Note

♦ The illustration shows a left fender. The right fender is identical.


♦ There is a different insulation installed in the fender depending on whether the vehicle has a manual or an
automatic transmission.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
1 - Foam Piece orise nte
eo
th
❑ Inserted between the ss au ra
c
fender and the upper

ce
le
un

front longitudinal mem‐

pt
an
d

ber.
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

2 - Fillet Plate Insulation

ility
ot

wit
❑ Installed in front of the
, is n

h re
fillet plate on the fender.
hole

spec
3 - Filler Piece
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ Glued to the A-pillar with
butyl rubber
❑ The filler piece remains

rrectness of i
attached to the A-pillar
l purpos

when removing the


fender.

nform
ercia

4 - Butyl Rubber
m

a
Remove the protective film just
com

tio
before installing.

n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.4 Front Fender Overview

Note

Removing and installing the left fender is described here. Re‐


moving and installing the right fender is identical.

Note

The illustration shows a left fender. The right fender is identical.

1. Description and Operation 3


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1 - Fender
2 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 6 Nm
❑ A-pillar, quantity: 1
❑ Sill panel, quantity: 2
❑ Wheel housing, quanti‐
ty: 2
❑ Fender brace, quantity:
2
❑ Fender connecting
piece, quantity: 2
3 - Foam Piece
❑ Inserted between the
fender and the upper
front longitudinal mem‐
ber, refer to
⇒ “1.3 Fender Insulation
Component Locations”,
page 3 .
4 - Fillet Plate Insulation
❑ Installed in front of the
fillet plate on the fender,
refer to
⇒ “1.3 Fender Insulation
Component Locations”,
page 3 .
5 - Spacer AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Spacer -AKL 381 035 olksw not
y V gu
50- rise
d b ara
nte
tho eo
6 - Filler Piece s au ra
c
s
❑ Glued to the A-pillar with

ce
le
un

pt
butyl rubber.

an
d
itte

y li
❑ The filler piece remains attached to the A-pillar when removing the fender. Refer to
erm

ab
⇒ “1.3 Fender Insulation Component Locations”, page 3 .
ility
ot p

wit
is n

7 - Fender Brace
h re
ole,

❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “3.3 Fender Brace”, page 19 . spec


urposes, in part or in wh

8 - Bolt
t to the co

❑ Tightening specification: 6 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
rrectne

9 - Nut
s

❑ Tightening specification: 6 Nm
s o
cial p

❑ Quantity: 1, at fender connecting piece.


inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.5 Lock Carrier Overview

1 - Lock Carrier with Attach‐


ments
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.4 Lock Carrier with
Attachments”,
page 19 .
❑ Service position, refer to
⇒ “1.6 Lock Carrier
Service Position, Set‐
ting”, page 6 .
2 - Cover
3 - Assembly Piece
4 - Bolt
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Tightening specifica‐lkswagen oes
not
tion: 2 Nm d byV
o gu
ara
e nte
❑ Quantity: 2thoris
eo
au ra
5 - Air Guide Channel
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
6 - Bolt
an
d
itte

y li
❑ Tightening specifica‐
erm

ab
tion: 8 Nm
ility
ot p

❑ 3 pieces per side wit


is n

h re
ole,

7 - Angle Bracket
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ Left
t to the co

8 - Retaining Plate
❑ For the left headlamp
rrectne

9 - Guide Piece
s

❑ Left
s o
cial p

f in

10 - Bolt
form
mer

❑ Tightening specifica‐
atio
m

tion: 5 Nm
o

n
c

i
or

❑ 2 pieces per side


thi
te

sd
va

11 - Air Duct
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

❑ Left
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
12 - Cross Member
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
13 - Bolt co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Tightening specification: 60 Nm Prote AG.

❑ 4 pieces per side


14 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification: 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
15 - Support Lock Carrier
16 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification: 12 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
17 - Air Duct
❑ Right

1. Description and Operation 5


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

18 - Guide Piece
❑ Right
19 - Retaining Plate
❑ For the right headlamp

1.6 Lock Carrier Service Position, Setting


Setting

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
m

– Remove front bumper cover. Refer to


o

n
c

i
or

⇒ “4.1 Front Bumper Cover”, page 211 .


thi
te

sd
va

– Remove the front bumper cover, GTI. Refer to


i

o
pr

cum
r

⇒ “4.2.1 Front Bumper Cover”, page 213 .


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Remove the upper and lower screw on the headlamp bolts. Cop py
Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal and
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Installation . op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Disconnect the release cable from the lock carrier. Refer to
AG.

⇒ “1.4 Hood Release, Disconnecting”, page 30 .


– On vehicles with charge air cooler, unlock the pressure hoses.
Refer to

6 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

⇒ “3.1 Charge Air Cooler Pressure Hose and Coupling, Dis‐


connecting and Connecting”, page 16 .
– Remove the bolts -4- on the left and right guides.
– Remove the bolts -5- at left and right longitudinal member.
– Install -T 10093- on left and right longitudinal members.
– Remover the upper left and right bolts -3- on the brackets
-2-.
– Pull the lock carrier -1- forward approximately 10 cm (4 inches)
on -T 10093- -arrows-.
Resetting

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Install in reverse order of removal.


– Align the lock carrier and the attachments -1- on the longitu‐
dinal members and between the fenders. Refer to ⇒ Body
Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Specifications .
– Tighten the screws -3- on the bracket -2-, tightening specifi‐
cation: 8 Nm.
– Screw tightening specification -4-: 2 Nm
– Screw tightening specification -5-: 60 Nm

1. Description and Operation 7


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
olksw not
yV
♦ Make sure charge air cooler pressure hoses ed are securely attached. Refer to
b gu
ara
⇒ “3.1 Charge Air Cooler Pressure Hose hoand
ris
Coupling, Disconnecting and Connecting”,
nte
e o page 16 .
aut ra
♦ Hoses and lines must not be pinched.
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
1.7 Noise Insulation Overview
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Note

h re
hole

spec
Slight changes may have to be made to removal and installation procedures, depending upon engine installed
es, in part or in w

t to the co
in vehicle.

rrectness of i
1 - Noise Insulation
l purpos

❑ The -arrow- points to the


direction of travel.

nform
ercia

❑ Removing:
m

at
– Remove the screws
om

io
-2, 3 and 4-.

n
c

in t
or

his
te

2 - Bolt
a

do
priv

cum
❑ Tightening specifica‐
for

en
g

tion: 2 Nm
n

t.
yi Co
op
❑ 4 pieces per side
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
3 - Bolt
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Tightening specifica‐
Prote AG.

tion: 6 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
4 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 1

8 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.8 Plenum Chamber Bulkhead Overview

1 - Plenum Chamber Bulkhead


❑ Removing:
– Remove plenum cham‐
ber cover, refer to
⇒ “3.5 Plenum Chamber
Cover”, page 21 .

– Remove the screw -5-


and the nut -2-.

– Remove the plenum


chamber bulkhead up
out of the plenum cham‐
ber -4-.

2 - Nut
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 1
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
3 - Seal Volksw
oes
not
gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
Note ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
When installing the plenum cham‐

ce
le
un

pt
ber bulkhead, make sure seal is

an
d
itte

seated correctly.

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

4 - Plenum Chamber

wit
, is n

h re
5 - Bolt
hole

spec
❑ Tightening specifica‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
tion: 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 1

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 9


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.9 Plenum Chamber Cover Overview

1 - Plenum Chamber Cover


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.5 Plenum Chamber
Cover”, page 21 .
2 - Seal
3 - Molded Foam Part
❑ Left
4 - Molded Foam Part
❑ Right
5 - Retainer
❑ Part of the windshield
6 - Windshield

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

10 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.10 Tunnel Bridge Overview

Note

-Arrow- points in direction of travel.

1 - Front Tunnel Bridge


❑ Removing:
– Remove the nuts -2- (2
on each side).

2 - Nut
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4 per tunnel
bridge
3 - Rear Tunnel Bridge
❑ Removing:
– Remove the nuts -2- (2
on each side).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 11


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.11 Underbody Impact Guard Overview

Note

Slight changes may have to be made to removal and installation procedures, depending upon engine installed
in vehicle.

1 - Underbody Impact Guard


❑ Removing:
– Remove the bolts
-9 and 10-.

2 - Right Side Angle Bracket


❑ The shape may be dif‐
ferent depending on the
engine versions
3 - Hex Nut
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 20 Nm
❑ 1 piece only for the right
bracket
4 - Threaded Rivet
5 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 35 Nm
❑ 1 piece only for the right
bracket n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
❑ 2 pieces for the left byV
o ot g
ua
bracket ir se
d ran
tee
tho
u or
6 - Left Side Angle Bracket ss
a ac

ce
❑ The shape may be dif‐
le
un

pt
ferent depending on the

an
d
itte

y li
engine versions
erm

ab
ility
ot p

7 - Rear Retaining Strip


wit
is n

h re
8 - Bolt
ole,

spec
❑ Tightening specifica‐
urposes, in part or in wh

tion: 70 Nm
t to the co

❑ Quantity: 2
9 - Bolt
rrectne

❑ Tightening specification: 2 Nm
s

❑ Quantity: 8
s o
cial p

f i

10 - Bolt
nform
mer

❑ Tightening specification: 20 Nm
atio
m

❑ Quantity: 6
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

12 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.12 Underbody Trim Panel, Center Overview

Note

The illustration shows a left fender. The right fender is identical.

1 - Underbody Cover
❑ Removing:
– Remove the hex nuts
-2-.

2 - Hex Nut
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 8
3 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
4 - Cover
❑ Locked in the under‐
body
5 - Cover
❑ Removing:
– Remove screws -3-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
13
AG.
1. Description and Operation
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.13 Underbody Trim Panel, Rear Overview

Note

The arrow in the lower left corner of the image shows the direction of travel.

1 - Hex Nut
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 1
2 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 1
3 - Angle Bracket
4 - Expanding Nut
❑ Quantity: 1
5 - Lock Washer
❑ Tightening specifica‐ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
tion: 1.5 Nm Volksw
oes
not
gu
by ara
❑ Quantity: 1 rise
d
nte
tho eo
6 - Underbody Cover ss au ra
c

ce
le

7 - Bolt
un

pt
an
d
itte

❑ Tightening specifica‐

y li
rm

ab
tion: 2 Nm
pe

ility
❑ Quantity: 2
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

14 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2 Specifications
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Fender bolts 6 Nm
Fender nuts 6 Nm
Fender brace bolts 6 Nm

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Specifications 15
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3 Removal and Installation


⇒ “3.1 Charge Air Cooler Pressure Hose and Coupling, Discon‐
necting and Connecting”, page 16
⇒ “3.2 Front Fender”, page 16
⇒ “3.3 Fender Brace”, page 19
⇒ “3.4 Lock Carrier with Attachments”, page 19
⇒ “3.5 Plenum Chamber Cover”, page 21

3.1 Charge Air Cooler Pressure Hose and


Coupling, Disconnecting and Connect‐
ing
Unlocking
– Open the clamp -1- in -direction of arrow A-.
– Remove the pressure hose -2- from the coupling -3- in
-direction of arrow B-.
Locking
• Make sure the clip -2- is in the upper position.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or
– Attach the pressure hose -3- into the coupling
aut
h -1- in eo
ra
-direction of arrow-. ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
– Push the clip -2- all the way through.
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Note
wit
, is n

h re
hole

♦ If the clip cannot be pushed all the way through, this mean the
spec

pressure hose is not completely attached to the coupling.


es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ Install the pressure hose again and lock the clip.


rrectness of i

• Check that the coupling is tightly in place by tugging on it.


l purpos

3.2 Front Fender


nf
ercia

Removing
orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

16 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

– Remove front bumper cover. Refer to


a
com

tio

⇒ “4.1 Front Bumper Cover”, page 211 .


n in
r
te o

thi

– Remove the front bumper cover, GTI. Refer to


s
iva

do

⇒ “4.2.1 Front Bumper Cover”, page 213 .


r
rp

cum
fo

– Remove the front wheel housing liners. Refer to


en
ng

t.
yi
⇒ “4.5 Front Wheel Housing Liner”, page 311 .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Remove the bumper cover bracket. Refer to yri
p by
o Vo
⇒ “2.5 Side Guide Overview”, page 195 .
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the foam piece between the fender and the longitu‐
dinal member. Refer to item 3 ⇒ Item 3 (page 4) .
– Remove the fillet plate insulation from the wheel housing. Re‐
fer to item 4 ⇒ Item 4 (page 4) .
– Remove the bolts -2-.
– Remove the nut -3-.
– Remove the fender -1-.

3. Removal and Installation 17


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Installation

Note

Install the fender -1- so that it is free of tension.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Installing the fender -1- is in reverse order of removal.


– Install the zinc spacer -AKL 381 035 50- between the fender
and the sill panel.
– Insulation, foam pieces, screw tightening specifications -2-
and nut tightening specifications -3-, refer to
⇒ “1.4 Front Fender Overview”, page 3 .
– Pay close attention to the parallel alignment and the gap di‐
mensions. Refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Specifica‐
tions .
Install with the fender brace loosened -4-.
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Fender bolts 6 Nm

18 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Component Tightening Specifications


Fender nuts 6 Nm
♦ ⇒ “1.4 Front Fender Overview”, page 3 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
3.3 Fender Brace yV
b gu
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
Note

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Removing and installing the left fender brace is described here.

erm

ab
Removing and installing the right fender brace is identical.

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
Removing
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Remove front bumper cover. Refer to

t to the co
⇒ “4.1 Front Bumper Cover”, page 211 .
– Remove bolts-2- and remove fender brace -1-.

rrectne
Installation

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r

– Attach the fender brace -1-.


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Align the fender brace and the fender to the hood and bumper. Cop py
. rig
Refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Specification .
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
Tightening Specifications
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Component Tightening Specifications


Fender brace bolts 6 Nm

3.4 Lock Carrier with Attachments


Removing

Note

♦ The lock carrier is a safety-relevant component and for this reason it may not be serviced.
♦ If damaged, replace the lock carrier.

3. Removal and Installation 19


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

– Bring the lock carrier into the service position. Refer to


in t
or

his

⇒ “1.6 Lock Carrier Service Position, Setting”, page 6 .


ate

do
priv

– Disconnect the electrical harness connectors present.


um
for

en
ng

t.
– Drain the coolant and disconnect the coolant lines. Refer to ⇒
yi Co
op py
Engine Mechanical; Rep. Gr. 19 ; Removal and Installation . t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Disconnect the lines on the condenser. Refer to ⇒ Heating,
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Removal and
agen
Prote AG.
Installation .
– Together with a second technician, remove the -T 10093- on
the left and right longitudinal members -2- and remove the lock
carrier with attachments -1-.

WARNING

Do not start the engine whenever the A/C system or coolant


lines are disconnected.

20 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note

♦ Never hang the condenser and the hydraulic fluid cooler on the lines.
♦ Never bend the condenser lines or the hydraulic fluid lines.

Installation
G. Volkswagen AG d
– Reset the lock carrier. Refer to ⇒ page 7a.gen A
lksw
oes
not
o
yV gu
Install in reverse order of removal.ised b ara
nte
or eo
th
• Make sure that all plug- and a hose connections are corrected
u ra
c
ss
installed when re-assembling.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Align the lock carrier on the longitudinal members and be‐

an
itte

y li
tween the fenders. Refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ;
erm

ab
Specifications .

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

3.5 Plenum Chamber Cover

h re
hole

spec
Removing
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the wiper arms. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;


Rep. Gr. 92 ; Removal and Installation .

3. Removal and Installation 21


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove the seal -2- from the plenum chamber cover -1-.

Caution

The window glass could be damaged.


Never use a screwdriver or a wedge or something similar to
pry off the plenum chamber cover. The window glass could get
damaged and could crack later.

– Lift off the plenum chamber cover -1- along the edge of the
windshield by hand.
– Starting at the edge of the windshield -6- and working up, pull
the plenum chamber cover -1- out of the retainer -5-.
– Remove the plenum chamber cover -1- from the vehicle.
Installation

Caution

The windshield -6- could break.


Using a hammer to install the plenum chamber -1- into the
binding profile -5- on the windshield -6- can cause the wind‐
shield to crack.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

22 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
Note
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an

♦ New windshields have a insert in the binding profile. Remove the insert before installing the plenum chamber
d
itte

y li

cover.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

♦ Press the plenum chamber cover lightly by hand into the binding profile. Never force hit it or use a tool to
wit
is n

install it.
h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Spray the retainer -5- with soapy water, so that it is easier to


t to the co

press down the plenum chamber covers -1-.


– Position the left plenum chamber cover -1- on the retainer
-5- and then, starting in the middle, press it lightly into the re‐
rrectne

tainer -5-.
s

– Press the seal -2- onto the plenum chamber cover -1-.
s o
cial p

f i

– Install the wiper arms. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.


nform

Gr. 92 ; Removal and Installation .


mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by

23
op Vo
by c lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen 3. Removal and Installation
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4 Special Tools
Cartridge Heater -V.A.G 1939-
Cartridge Gun -V.A.G 1628-
Torque Wrench -V.A.G 1783-
Guide Rod -T 10093-
Torque Wrench -V.A.G 1331-
Torque Wrench -V.A.G 1332-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

24 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Special Tools 25
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

55 – Hood, Lids

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

26 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1 Description and Operation


⇒ “1.1 Hood Overview”, page 27
⇒ “1.2 Hood Seal Overview”, page 28
⇒ “1.3 Hood Locking Component Overview”, page 29
⇒ “1.4 Hood Release, Disconnecting”, page 30
⇒ “1.5 Hood, Adjusting”, page 31
⇒ “1.6 Hood Latch, Adjusting”, page 32
⇒ “1.7 Hood Striker Pin, Adjusting”, page 33
⇒ “1.13 Rear Lid Overview”, page 39
⇒ “1.10 Rear Lid Gas-Filled Strut Overview”, page 37
⇒ “1.11 Rear Lid Gas Strut, Venting”, page 38
⇒ “1.8 Rear Lid Adjusting”, page 34
⇒ “1.14 Rear Lid Striker Pin, Adjusting”, page 39
⇒ “1.9 Rear Lid Adjustment Buffer, Adjusting”, page 35
⇒ “1.15 Fuel Filler Door Unit and Actuator Overview”, page 40

1.1 Hood Overview

1 - Hood
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.1 Hood”,
page 42 .
❑ Adjusting, refer to
⇒ “1.5 Hood, Adjusting”,
AG. Volkswagen AG d
page 31 . ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
by gu
2 - Striker Pin ised ara
nte
or eo
h
3 - Center Seal s aut ra
c
s
4 - Side Seal
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

5 - Adjusting Buffer
y li
erm

ab

❑ Left and right


ility
ot p

wit

❑ 2 pieces per side


is n

h re
ole,

6 - Hinge
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ Removing and instal‐


t to the co

ling, refer to
⇒ “3.4 Hood Hinge”,
page 47 .
rrectne

❑ Adjusting, refer to
⇒ “1.5 Hood, Adjusting”,
ss

page 31 .
o
cial p

f in

7 - Hood Lock
form
mer

8 - Nut
atio
om

❑ Tightening specifica‐
c

i
or

n thi

tion: 22 Nm
te

sd
va

❑ In some markets, the


i

o
pr

cum
r

nuts have a cap.


fo

en
ng

t.
yi
❑ 2 pieces per side
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
9 - Spray Nozzles
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
❑ Removing and instal‐ Prote
cted AG.
agen

1. Description and Operation 27


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

ling, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Removal and Installation .


10 - Gas Strut
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “3.2 Hood Gas Strut”, page 45 .
11 - Insulation
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “3.5 Hood Insulation”, page 49 .
12 - Side Seal

1.2 Hood Seal Overview

1 - Right Seal
❑ Removing: pull it off the
hood.
❑ Installing: press the
clips into the hood.
2 - Center Seal
❑ Removing: pull it off the
hood.
❑ Installing: press the
clips into the hood.
3 - Left Seal
❑ Removing: pull it off the
hood.
❑ Installing: press the
clips into the hood.
4 - Hood
5 - Clip
❑ Check for damage be‐
fore installing and re‐
place if necessary. en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ol ksw not
6 - Clip yV gu
edb ara
❑ Check for ho damage be‐
ris nte
eo
fore installing
s aut and re‐ ra
c
places if necessary.
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
28
copy Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids cted agen
Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.3 Hood Locking Component Overview

1 - Hood Lock
❑ Lid lock removal and in‐
stallation, refer to
⇒ “3.6 Hood Latch”,
page 51 .
❑ Adjusting, refer to
⇒ “1.6 Hood Latch, Ad‐
justing”, page 32 .
2 - Release
❑ From the hood lock to
the cable coupling.
❑ Clipped into the cable
coupling.
3 - Release Coupling
❑ The cable coupling is lo‐
cated above the driver
side headlamp.
❑ Disconnecting, refer to
⇒ “1.4 Hood Release,
Disconnecting”,
page 30 .
4 - Release
❑ From the cable coupling
to the actuator lever.
5 - Actuating Lever
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.7 Hood Release
Lever”, page 54 .
6 - Striker Pin . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
❑ Removing, ol swa to
krefer not
V gu
⇒ “3.8edHood
by Striker Pin”, ara
nte
page
thoris
56 . eo
u ra
❑ ss aAdjusting, refer to c
⇒ “1.6 Hood Latch, Adjusting”, page 32 .
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by

29
cop Vo
by lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen 1. Description and Operation
Golf 2009 ➤
. Volkswagen AG
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
swa
gen AG does
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
1.4 Hood Release, Disconnecting
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Open the hood.


– Remove the release cable clutch cover -2- from above the
driver side headlamp on the lock carrier-arrow a-.
– Remove the release cables -1 and 3- from the cover -2-
-arrow b-.
– Turn the release cable -3- 90° -arrow c- and remove it from the
mount -1- in the -direction of arrow d-.

Note

♦ Make sure the grommets -4 and 5- are secure when installing the release cable -3-.
♦ Make sure the cable coupling is correctly connected together when installing the release cable -1-.

30 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.5 Hood, Adjusting

Note

♦ The vehicle must be standing on the ground when adjusting the hood.
♦ The left and right buffers -2- are not for adjusting. They stabilize the hood -1-.
♦ The hood is properly adjusted when there is an overall even gap dimension when closed, it is not too far
inward or outward and contours align.
♦ The hood must latch without much force into the hood lock.
♦ Do not remove the nuts, just loosen them.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
– Remove the hood catch -3-. Refer to co Vo
by lksw
⇒ “3.8 Hood Striker Pin”, page 56 .
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Loosen the left and right nuts -5- on the hinge -6- and then
align the hood between the fenders. Do not remove the nuts.
– Make sure that the gap dimensions are the same. Refer to
⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Specifications .

1. Description and Operation 31


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Apply corrosion protectant to the hinge -6- and to the bolts


-5- after adjusting.
– Turn the buffer -2- -arrow- to adjust.
– After adjusting the hood, install the hood catch -3- and adjust
it. Refer to ⇒ “3.8 Hood Striker Pin”, page 56 .
– The height of the front of the hood can be adjusted to the height
of the fenders by adjusting the hood latch. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Hood Latch, Adjusting”, page 32 .

1.6 Hood Latch, Adjusting

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove radiator grille. Refer to


⇒ “4.7 Radiator Grille”, page 316 .
nform
ercia

– By loosening the screws -3 and 4- it is possible to correct and


m

a
com

adjust the gap dimensions -arrow b- and height -arrow a- of


tion in

the hood.
r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Tightening specification: bolts -3 and 4- 12 Nm.


do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

32 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.7 Hood Striker Pin, Adjusting

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Loosen bolts -2- but do not remove them.


rrectne

– Adjust the hood catch -1- in the oversized holes.


– Screw tightening specification -2-: 10 Nm.
ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 33


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.8 Rear Lid Adjusting

Note

♦ Vehicle must be on ground to adjust rear lid.


♦ The rear lid latch -2- is attached directly to the rear lid -1-. There are no oblong holes in the rear lid, therefore
it is not possible to adjust the latch.
♦ The left and right buffers -4- are not for adjusting. They stabilize the hood -1-.
♦ The rear lid is properly adjusted when there is an overall even gap dimension when closed, it is not too far
inward or outward and contours align.
♦ Rear lid must engage in striker pin -5- without great force.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

To adjust or check the gap dimensions, use -3371- .


– Loosen the bolts -3- and adjust the rear lid -1- in the oversized
holes in the hinge -arrows a and b-.
Tightening specification for screw -3-: 10 Nm.
– Adjust left and right adjusting buffers -4-, refer to
⇒ “1.9 Rear Lid Adjustment Buffer, Adjusting”, page 35 .

34 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Adjust the rear lid -1- on the striker pin -5-. Refer to
⇒ “1.14 Rear Lid Striker Pin, Adjusting”, page 39 .

Note

♦ After adjusting, apply a corrosion protectant to the hinge and bolts.


♦ The rear lid latch -2- cannot be adjusted.

1.9 Rear Lid Adjustment Buffer, Adjusting

Note

♦ The following describes adjusting the right adjusting buffer.


Adjusting the left adjusting buffer is identical.
♦ Turn the adjusting buffer -1- 90° to remove or install
swa
geit.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es
olk not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Loosen the clamping screw -4- far enough until it is visible in‐
side the rubber buffer.
– Now pull notched slider -3- out of the adjusting buffer -1-.

1. Description and Operation 35


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Set notched slider to dimension -a- = 12.5 mm.


– Close the rear lid with light pressure over the center.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
– Open rear lid again.
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Screw in clamping screw -1- for adjusting buffer to a depth of
dimension -a- = 20 mm.

rrectne
– Check the adjustment.

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

36 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.10 Rear Lid Gas-Filled Strut Overview

1 - Gas Strut
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.11 Rear Lid Gas
Strut”, page 60 .
❑ Venting gas, refer to
⇒ “1.11 Rear Lid Gas
Strut, Venting”,
page 38 .
2 - Clips
3 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
4 - Angle Bracket
5 - Ball Head Pin
❑ 20 Nm and 90°

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 37


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.11 Rear Lid Gas Strut, Venting


– Clamp area -x- of the gas strut in the vise, area -x- = 50 mm.

WARNING
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw n
Only clamp the gas strut in area d by V-x-. Otherwise, an accident ot gu
o
ara
may occur. oris
e nte
eo
th
au ra
ss c

ce
e

– Saw into the cylindrical part of strut in the first third of the total
nl

pt
du

an
cylinder length, determined starting from the edge of the cover
itte

y li
on the side with the piston rod.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
Note
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ Protective eyewear must be worn during the cutting process.

t to the co
♦ Cover the area of the saw cut with a clean rag.
♦ Dispose of the oil and rag properly.

rrectness of i
l purpos

1.12 Rear Lid Hinge Overview

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
1 - Hinge
om

n in
c

❑ Removing, refer to
or

thi
e

⇒ “3.12 Rear Lid Hinge”,


t

sd
iva

page 62 .
o
r
rp

cu
o

❑ Adjusting, refer to
f

en
ng

t.
yi
⇒ “1.8 Rear Lid Adjust‐
Co
op py
ing”, page 34 . t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
2 - Bolt
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ Tightening specifica‐
AG.

tion: 10 Nm
❑ 2 for each hinge
3 - Washer
4 - Nut
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 24 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
5 - Rear Lid

38 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.13 Rear Lid Overview

1 - Rear Lid
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.9 Rear Lid”,
page 56 .
❑ Adjusting, refer to
⇒ “1.8 Rear Lid Adjust‐
ing”, page 34 .
2 - Rear Lid Lock
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.13 Rear Lid Lock”,
page 64 .
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
3 - Release Element Vol
ksw not
gu
by ara
❑ Removing ris and instal‐
ed
nte
ling, urefer
tho to eo
ra
⇒ s“3.14
sa Rear Lid Re‐ c
lease Element”,
ce
e
nl

pt
page 65 .
du

an
itte

y li
erm

4 - Gas Strut
ab
ility
ot p

❑ Removing and instal‐ wit


, is n

ling, refer to h re
⇒ “3.11 Rear Lid Gas
hole

spec

Strut”, page 60 .
es, in part or in w

t to the co

❑ Venting gas, refer to


⇒ “1.11 Rear Lid Gas
Strut, Venting”,
rrectness of i

page 38 .
l purpos

5 - Hinges
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
nform
ercia

⇒ “3.12 Rear Lid Hinge”,


m

page 62 .
at
om

ion
c

6 - Adjusting Buffer
in t
or

his
te

❑ Left and right


a

do
priv

❑ Adjusting, refer to ⇒ “1.9 Rear Lid Adjustment Buffer, Adjusting”, page 35 .


um
for

en
ng

t.
yi
7 - Seal
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “3.15 Rear Lid Seal”, page 67 .
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
8 - Striker Pin Prote
cted AG.
agen

❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “3.16 Rear Lid Striker Pin”, page 70 .
❑ Adjusting, refer to ⇒ “1.14 Rear Lid Striker Pin, Adjusting”, page 39 .

1.14 Rear Lid Striker Pin, Adjusting

Note

♦ Loosen the bolts -1- and slide the rear lid catch -2- in the over‐
sized holes -arrows a and b-.
♦ Adjust the striker pin -2- so that the rear lid lock recess with
the rotary latch engages with the center of the striker pin -2-.

1. Description and Operation 39


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove the lock carrier cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.


Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .
– Loosen bolts -1-.
– Move the rear lid catch -2- into the upper position and lightly
tighten the bolts -1-.
– Lock the rear lid and check the adjustment.
– Screw -1- tightening specification: 18 Nm.

1.15 Fuel Filler Door Unit and Actuator Overview

Note

♦ If tank flap does not open, it can be opened by hand via the actuator -6-.
♦ The actuator -6- and inside the side panel and is accessible after removing the luggage compartment trim
panel.

1 - Fuel Filler Door Unit


❑ Removing and instal‐ gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
ling, refer to Volkswa not
⇒ “3.18 Fuel ed byFiller Door gu
ara
Unit”, page
thoris 72 . nte
eo
au ra
2 - Opening
ss Aid c
ce
e
nl

pt

3 - Bolt
du

an
itte

y li

❑ Tightening specifica‐
erm

ab

tion: 1.5 Nm
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

4 - Water Drain Hose


h re
hole

❑ Routed between the


spec

wheel housing and the


es, in part or in w

t to the co

wheel housing liner.


5 - Guide Piece
rrectness of i

❑ With a rubber grommet


l purpos

6 - Actuator
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
nform
ercia

⇒ “3.19 Fuel Filler Door


m

at

Actuator”, page 75 .
om

ion
c

❑ Emergency release:
in t
or

from the inside, move


his
ate

the handle upward


do
priv

-arrow-.
um
for

en
ng

t.
yi
7 - Electrical Connection
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

40 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2 Specifications
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Hood nuts 22 Nm
Hood hinge bolts 22 Nm
Hood latch bolts 12 Nm
Hood striker pin bolts 10 Nm
Rear lid hinge bolts 10 Nm
Rear lid hinge nuts 24 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Rear lid lock bolts 23 Nm Volksw oes
not
gu
by ara
Rear lid release element bolts 4 Nmris ed
nte
ho eo
Rear lid striker pin bolts 18aut Nm ra
ss c
Rear lid unlocking element with 4 Nm

ce
e
nl

pt
du

rearview camera bolts

an
itte

y li
Fuel filler door bolt 1.5 Nm
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Specifications 41
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3 Removal and Installation


⇒ “3.1 Hood”, page 42
⇒ “3.2 Hood Gas Strut”, page 45
⇒ “3.3 Hood Gas-Filled Strut Mount”, page 47
⇒ “3.4 Hood Hinge”, page 47 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
⇒ “3.5 Hood Insulation”, page 49 d byV gu
ara
ise nte
r
⇒ “3.6 Hood Latch”, page 51 ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
⇒ “3.7 Hood Release Lever”, page 54

ce
le
un

pt
an
⇒ “3.8 Hood Striker Pin”, page 56
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
⇒ “3.9 Rear Lid”, page 56

ility
ot p

wit
⇒ “3.10 Rear Lid Adjusting Buffer”, page 60
is n

h re
ole,

⇒ “3.11 Rear Lid Gas Strut”, page 60

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

⇒ “3.12 Rear Lid Hinge”, page 62

t to the co
⇒ “3.13 Rear Lid Lock”, page 64

rrectne
⇒ “3.14 Rear Lid Release Element”, page 65
⇒ “3.15 Rear Lid Seal”, page 67

ss o
⇒ “3.16 Rear Lid Striker Pin”, page 70
cial p

f inform
⇒ “3.17 Rear Lid Unlocking Element with Rearview Camera”,
mer

atio
page 70
om

n
c

i
⇒ “3.18 Fuel Filler Door Unit”, page 72
or

n thi
te

sd
va

⇒ “3.19 Fuel Filler Door Actuator”, page 75


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

3.1 Hood
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
Removing
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

The caps -5- are not available for all markets.

42 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

– Remove the spray nozzles -2-. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐


r
rp

cu
o

ment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Removal and Installation .


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Unclip the washer fluid hose -6- from the hood -1-. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Remove the washer fluid hose -6- from the hood -1-.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Remove the caps -5- from the nuts.
Prote AG.

– Loosen the left and right nuts -4- from the hinge -4- (do not
remove the nuts).
A second technician is required for the rest of the removal pro‐
cedure.
– Remove the gas-filled strut -7-, refer to
⇒ “3.2 Hood Gas Strut”, page 45 .
– Remove the nuts -4- and lift the hood -1- out of the hinges
-3-.
Installation

Note

The caps -5- are not available for all markets.

3. Removal and Installation 43


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Install the hood -1- in reverse order of removal.
Prote AG.

Note

Route the hose -6- in a bow as illustrated. Be sure not to twist the hose.

– Adjust the hood -1-. Refer to


⇒ “1.5 Hood, Adjusting”, page 31 .
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Hood nuts 22 Nm

44 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3.2 Hood Gas Strut

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

– Open and support the hood.


m

at
om

io

Removing Upper Mount


n
c

in t
or

his
e

– Insert a small screwdriver -4- into the opening -2-.


at

do
priv

– Pry out the clip -3- -arrow b- in -direction of arrow a-.


um
for

en
ng

t.
yi
– Remove the clips -3- completely out from the mount -2-.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Remove the gas-filled strut -1- from the mount -arrow c-.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Removing Lower Mount
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Reach under spring clips -5- using a small screwdriver.


– Raise the spring clips-5- just far enough so they can slide over
the ball socket in direction of the -arrow-.
– Remove the gas-filled strut -1- from the ball stud.
After removing gas-filled strut -1-, immediately slide back spring
clips -5- again.

3. Removal and Installation 45


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

WARNING

Be very careful when reusing a gas-filled strut. The spring clip


must not be removed completely from the ball socket, other‐
wise it will get damaged. The gas-filled strut will spring out of
the mount and will damage the vehicle and cause serious per‐
sonal injury.

– Gas-filled strut, venting, refer to


⇒ “1.11 Rear Lid Gas Strut, Venting”, page 38 .
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
Installing byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
Note ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du
Check the mount for damage and replace if necessary. Refer to

an
itte

y li
⇒ “3.3 Hood Gas-Filled Strut Mount”, page 47 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
Installing Lower Mount
, is n

h re
hole

– Push the gas-filled strut onto the lower ball stud.

spec
es, in part or in w

Installing Upper Mount

t to the co
– Push the gas-filled strut into the mount.

rrectness of i
– Push the clip all the way into the mount.
l purpos

Venting
– Clamp area x of the gas strut in the vise, area x = 50 mm.

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
WARNING
om

n in
or c

Only clamp the gas strut in area -x-. Otherwise, an accident

thi
te

sd
a

may occur.
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Saw into the cylindrical part of strut in the first third of the total C py
t. rig
cylinder length, determined starting from the edge of the cover gh ht
yri by
on the side with the piston rod. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ Protective eyewear must be worn during the cutting process.


♦ Cover the area of the sawn portion with a clean rag.
♦ Dispose of the oil and rag properly.

46 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3.3 Hood Gas-Filled Strut Mount n AG. Volkswagen AG


wage does
olks not
yV gu
db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
Note aut ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl
Two small screwdrivers can be used as an alternative to using wire -3-.

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Slide a wire -3- into both of the lower openings -arrow a- of the
mount -1-.
– This releases both hooks -2- and the mount can be removed
from the hood -arrow b-.

3.4 Hood Hinge

Note

Removing and installing the right hinge is described. Removing


and installing the left hinge is identical.

3. Removal and Installation 47


AG. Volkswagen AG d
Golf 2009 ➤ agen oes
ksw not
Vol
Body Exterior - Edition
ed
b 06.2011
y gu
ara
ris nte
tho eo
Removing ss
au ra
c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
Note itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

The caps -2- are not available for all markets.

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the hood. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Hood”, page 42 .


– Remove plenum chamber cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.5 Plenum Chamber Cover”, page 21 .
– Remove the caps -2- from the bolts.
– Remove the bolts -3-.
– Remove the hinge -1-.
Installation

Note

The caps -2- are not available for all markets.

48 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in

Install the hinge -1- in reverse order of removal.


r
te o

thi
s
iva

do

– Install hood. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Hood”, page 42 .


r
rp

cum
fo

Tightening Specifications
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Component Tightening Specifications
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
Hood hinge bolts 22 Nm
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.5 Hood Insulation


Removing

3. Removal and Installation 49


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec

– Pry the retaining clips -3- out of the hood -2-. Use -80-200- ,
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Remove the insulation -1- from the elongated holes.


Installation
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

50 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
– Slide insulation -1- with mounting tabs into the elongated
om

holes.
c

i
or

n thi
te

– Lock all the clips -3- into the hood -2-.


sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r

3.6 Hood Latch


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Removing t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 51


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

– Open the hood.


orm
m

atio
m

– Remove radiator grille. Refer to


o

n in
c

⇒ “4.7 Radiator Grille”, page 316 .


or

thi
te

sd
a

– Hood release, disconnecting, refer to


iv

o
r

⇒ “1.4 Hood Release, Disconnecting”, page 30 .


rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
– Disconnect the connector for the hood contact switch -6-.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Note
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Harness connector is secured over right headlamp.

– Remove the screws -4 and 5- on the lock carrier -6- and re‐
move the hood latch -1- -arrow a-.
– To unclip the mount -3- press the retaining strap on the mount
together -arrows b-.
– The retainer will then be loosened and the release cable -2-
can then be removed from the hood latch -1-.

52 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note

Removing and installing front hood switch on hood lock, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Removal
and Installation .

Installation

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Install the mount -3- in the hood latch -1-.


– Install the hood latch -1- in the lock carrier -6-.
– Connect the hood contact switch connector -6-.
– Install the release cable -2- to the cable coupling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Hood Release, Disconnecting”, page 30 .
– Adjust lid lock, refer to
⇒ “1.6 Hood Latch, Adjusting”, page 32 .
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Hood latch bolts 12 Nm

3. Removal and Installation 53


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3.7 Hood Release Lever


Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Pull the hood release lever -2- and release the hood.
– Insert a small screwdriver into gap between operating lever
-2- and clip -3-.
– Pry the clip -3- out of the lever -2- -arrow- and then remove the
lever from the bracket -1-.
Remove the lower trim on the A-pillar to work on the bracket.
Installation

54 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Completely engage clip -3- into release lever -2-.


– Finally, Slide the hood release lever -2- onto the mount in the
bracket -1- and lock it in with the bracket.

3. Removal and Installation 55


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3.8 Hood Striker Pin

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

– Remove the bolts -2-.


h re
ole,

spec

– Remove the hood catch -1- from the hood -3-.


urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Adjust the hood catch and the hood latch. Refer to


⇒ “1.6 Hood Latch, Adjusting”, page 32 .
Tightening Specifications
rrectne

Component Tightening Specifications


ss

Hood striker pin bolts 10 Nm


o
cial p

f inform

3.9 Rear Lid


mer

atio
om

Removing
n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

56 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove the rear lid trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .
nform
ercia

– Disconnect harness connectors of installed electrical compo‐


m

nents.
a
com

tion in

– Loosen but do not remove the bolts -3- at the left and right
r
te o

thi

hinges.
s
iva

do
r
rp

A second technician is required for the rest of the removal pro‐


um
fo

cedure.
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove the gas-filled strut -2-, refer to t. C rig
gh ht
⇒ “3.11 Rear Lid Gas Strut”, page 60 . yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
– Remove the bolts -3- and the rear lid -1-.
agen
Prote AG.

Note

The central connectors -4- are on the left and right sides of the C-pillar.

3. Removal and Installation 57


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Installation

Note

♦ If a new rear lid is installed then new adhesive tape must also be reapplied.
♦ If no adhesive tape is applied, rainwater from the rear lid will drip into the luggage compartment.

1 - Rear Lid
2 - Adhesive Tape
– Apply the left and right
adhesive tape
-1K6.827.972- in the in‐
dicated positions.

3 - Rear Window

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

58 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
tho Golf 2009
tee
or ➤
u
ss
a
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011 ac

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Install the rear lid -1- in reverse order of removal.


– Adjust the rear lid -1-. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Rear Lid Adjusting”, page 34 .
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Rear lid hinge bolts 10 Nm

3. Removal and Installation 59


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3.10 Rear Lid Adjusting Buffer

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Turn the adjustment bumper -3- 90° to the left -arrow a- and
remove it from the side panel -2-.
Installation
– Check that the stops are in the correct positions -1- in the rear
lid -4-.
– Insert the adjusting buffer -3- into the side panel -arrow c- at
a right angle and turn it 90° to the right -arrow b-.
– Adjust the adjusting buffer -3-. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Rear Lid Adjustment Buffer, Adjusting”, page 35 .

3.11 Rear Lid Gas Strut

Note

If one gas-filled strut is removed, then the rear lid must be supported. One gas-filled strut cannot hold the rear
lid open.

60 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

WARNING

Be very careful when reusing a gas-filled strut. The spring clip


must not be removed completely from the ball socket, other‐
wise it will get damaged. The gas-filled strut will spring out of
the mount and will damage the vehicle and cause serious per‐
sonal injury.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Gas Strut
– Open and support rear lid.
– Insert a small screwdriver -3- under the spring clips -2-.
– Lift the spring clips -2- just far enough so it is possible to slide
them over the ball sockets.
– Remove the gas-filled strut -1- from the ball stud -4-.
Slide the spring clips -2- back on immediately after removing the
gas-filled strut.

3. Removal and Installation 61


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

WARNING

Be very careful when reusing a gas-filled strut. The spring clip


must not be removed completely from the ball socket, other‐
wise it will get damaged. The gas-filled strut will spring out of
the mount and will damage the vehicle and cause serious per‐
sonal injury.

Note

♦ Tightening specification for the ball stud -4-: 20 Nm + 90°


♦ Tightening specification for the screws on the ball stud bracket: 10 Nm.

– Gas-filled strut, venting, refer to


⇒ “1.11 Rear Lid Gas Strut, Venting”, page 38 .

3.12 Rear Lid Hinge


Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

62 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove the roof end strip. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Removal and Installation
– Remove rear lid -5-. Refer to ⇒ “3.9 Rear Lid”, page 56 .
– Remove the nuts -4- and remove the hinge -1- and wash‐
er-3-.
Installation

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Installation of hinge -1- is the same in reverse order.


– Nut tightening specification -4-: 24 Nm
– Look out for hinge leaks on the body.
– Install the rear lid. Refer to ⇒ “3.9 Rear Lid”, page 56 .
– Install the roof end strip. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Removal and Installation .
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Rear lid hinge nuts 24 Nm

3. Removal and Installation 63


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3.13 Rear Lid Lock

Note

If the rear lid does not open, use the emergency release inside
the rear lid trim panel and open it manually.

Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the rear lid trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .
– Disconnect connector -3- from lid lock -1-.
– Remove the screws -2- and remove rear lid latch -1- from rear
lid.
Installation

64 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oGolf
es n 2009 ➤
olksw ot g
yV
ed b Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
ua
ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Position the rear lid lock -1- on the rear lid and install the
screws -2-.
– Screw -2- tightening specification: 23 Nm.
– Connect harness connector -3- to lid lock -1-.
Further installation is in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Rear lid lock bolts 23 Nm

3.14 Rear Lid Release Element


Removing

3. Removal and Installation 65


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Golf 2009 ➤ olksw not
byV gu
ara
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011 ris ed
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the rear lid trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .
– Disconnect harness connector -4- from unlocking element
-1-.
– Remove the bolts -3-.
– Remove the unlocking element -1- from the rear lid -2-.
Installation

66 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

Installation of unlocking element -1- is the same in reverse order.


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Screw -3- tightening specification: 4 Nm. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
Tightening Specifications pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Component Tightening Specifications
Prote AG.

Rear lid release element bolts 4 Nm

3.15 Rear Lid Seal


The weather seal on the rear lid is equipped at the factory with a
sealant, applied to body flange and then rolled on.

3. Removal and Installation 67


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note
A n AG d G. Volkswage
agen
♦ When the seal is removed, the sealant
olkis
swspread on the inner oes
not
side of the seal and the sides areedbent
V
by up slightly. If the seal gu
ara
is being installed again, the sealing
ho
ris performance and proper nte
eo
seating are no longer guaranteed.
sa
ut ra
c
s
♦ For this reason, every completely removed seal must be re‐

ce
le
un

pt
placed with a so-called “hammer-stroke seal”.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
♦ For partially removed seals, seal flanks must be pressed to‐
pe

ility
gether before installation.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Removing

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove rear lid gasket -1- from body flange -3-.


Installation

68 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
thor eo Golf 2009 ➤
u ra
ss a Body Exterior - Edition
c 06.2011

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Body flange -3- is taped in lower area with commercially available


fabric adhesive tape -2-.
– Align the rear lid seal -1- with the vulcanized point -arrow- on
the tail lamp -arrow-.

3. Removal and Installation 69


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3.16 Rear Lid Striker Pin

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Remove the lock carrier cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .
– Remove the bolts -1- and remove the catch -1-.
Installation
– Install the rear lid catch -2-.
– Striker pin, adjusting, refer to
⇒ “1.14 Rear Lid Striker Pin, Adjusting”, page 39 .
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Rear lid striker pin bolts 18 Nm

3.17 Rear Lid Unlocking Element with Rear‐


view Camera
Removing

70 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the rear lid trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .
– Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal and
Installation for the work procedures for the unlocking element
with a rearview camera.
– Disconnect the connectors -4- from unlocking element -1-.
– Remove the bolts -3-.
– Remove the unlocking element -1- from the rear lid -2-.
Installation

3. Removal and Installation 71


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Installation of unlocking element -1- is the same in reverse order.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Screw -3- tightening specification: 4 Nm.
– Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal and
Installation for the work procedures for the unlocking element
with a rearview camera.
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Rear lid unlocking element with 4 Nm
rearview camera bolts

3.18 Fuel Filler Door Unit


Removing

Note

The removal description applies also to natural gas vehicles.

72 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Remove the tank cap.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Remove the bolt -3-.
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Fold back the rubber grommet -2- from the tank filler neck, and
also from the filling connection for the gas system, if neces‐
sary.
– Pull the fuel tank insert -1- and water drain hose -4-
-arrow a- out of the retainers and then pivot the fuel tank insert
-1- out of the side panel -arrow b-.
Installation

3. Removal and Installation 73


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Insert drain hose -4- through opening in tank flap unit and pull
h re
hole

drain hose through until it stops.


spec
es, in part or in w

– Guide the water drain hose -4- into the side panel.
t to the co

– Slide the tank flap unit -1- with hinge side first into side panel
-arrow a-.
rrectness of i

– Pivot the fuel tank insert all the way into the side panel
l purpos

-arrow b-. Make sure the hook engages correctly inside the
side panel.
nform
ercia

– Pull the rubber grommet -2- over the tank filler neck -3- and
tighten the screw.
m

at
om

io

Tightening specification for bolt -5- 1.5 Nm.


n
c

in t
or

his
e

Tightening Specifications
at

do
priv

cum
or

Component Tightening Specifications


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Fuel filler door bolt 1.5 Nm
ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

74 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3.19 Fuel Filler Door Actuator


Removing

Note

♦ If actuator does not open, then the rod on the actuator can be pushed upward -arrow c- after removing the
luggage compartment trim panel.
♦ The screw -3- has a left-hand thread.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the C-pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.


70 ; Removal and Installation .
– Loosen the screws -3- (left-hand thread) with the -T 10010-
but do not remove them.
– Slide the actuator -1- together with the connector -2- and the
connecting rod -5- upward -arrow a- remove the actuator from
the side panel -arrow b-.
– Disconnect the connector -2-.

3. Removal and Installation 75


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Installation wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
lks ot g
Vo
To install, perform the steps used d for removal in reverse order.
by ua
ran
ir se tee
o
– Make sure the grommet au and the connector fit correctly.
th or
ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

76 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench -V.A.G 1331-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
♦ Pry Lever -80-200-
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

♦ Adjusting Gauge -3371-

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Socket Wrench -T 10010-

4. Special Tools 77
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

57 – Front Doors, Central Locking System


1 Description and Operation
⇒ “1.1 Central Locking Component Overview”, page 78
⇒ “1.2 Door, Adjusting”, page 80
⇒ “1.3 Door Handle and Door Lock Overview”, page 84
⇒ “1.4 Door Hinge Overview”, page 85
⇒ “1.5 Folding Remote Vehicle Key Battery Overview”,
page 87
⇒ “1.6 Front Door Overview”, page 88 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
⇒ “1.7 Insulation Overview, 2-Door Vehicle”, page 90 d by
Vo gu
ara
ise nte
r
⇒ “1.8 Insulation Overview, 4-Door Vehicle”, page 91 ut ho eo
ra
s a c
⇒ “1.9 New Door Hinges, Lubricating”, page 92 s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

⇒ “1.10 Remote Vehicle Keys, Adaptation”, page 92

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
1.1 Central Locking Component Overview

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

1 - Coupling Station

spec
es, in part or in w

❑ Installed location: right

t to the co
A-pillar.
❑ Loosen the boot on the
pillar to disconnect the

rrectness of i
connector.
l purpos

2 - Vehicle Electrical System


Control Module -J519-

nform
ercia

❑ Installed location: under


the instrument panel on
m

at
om

i
the driver side.

on
c

in t
or

❑ Removing, refer to ⇒

his
te

Electrical Equipment;
a

do
riv

Rep. Gr. 97 ; Removal


p

cum
or

and Installation .
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
3 - Front Passenger Door Con‐
C py
t. rig
gh
trol Module -J387-
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
❑ Integrated in window Prote
cted agen
regulator motor.
AG.

❑ Removing, refer to
⇒ “4.3 Front Door Win‐
dow Regulator Motor”,
page 259 .
4 - Right Front Door Lock
❑ The door lock is attach‐
ed to the inner door pan‐
el.
❑ Electrical central locking
system is integrated in
door lock.
❑ Removing, refer to
⇒ “3.5 Door Lock”, page
103 .

78 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
AG. Volkswagen
5 - Connector Station wage
n AG do
es n
Volks ot g
❑ Installed location: right ed
by ua
ran
B-pillar thoris tee
or
u
❑ Loosen the boot on thespillar
s a
to disconnect the connector. ac

ce
le
un
6 - Driver Door Control Module -J386-

pt
an
d
itte

y li
❑ Integrated in window regulator motor.
erm

ab
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “4.6 Rear Door Window Regulator Motor”, page 266 .

ility
ot p

wit
is n

7 - Right Rear Door Lock

h re
ole,

❑ The door lock is attached to the inner door panel.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ Electrical central locking system is integrated in door lock.

t to the co
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.4 Door Lock”, page 144 .
8 - Right Rear Lid Connector Station

rrectne
❑ Installed location: behind the trim on the C-pillar

s
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .

s o
cial p

f i
9 - Unlocking Element with Button

nform
mer

❑ Installed location: attached in the rear lid.

atio
m

❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.14 Rear Lid Release Element”, page 65 .


o

n
c

i
or

n thi
10 - Rear Lid Lock
te

sd
iva

o
❑ Installed location: attached to the rear lid.
pr

cum
r
fo

❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.13 Rear Lid Lock”, page 64 .

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
11 - Left Rear Lid Connector Station t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Installed location: behind the trim on the C-pillar cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation . Prote AG.

12 - Left Rear Door Lock


❑ The door lock is attached to the inner door panel.
❑ The power central locking system is integrated in door lock.
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.4 Door Lock”, page 144 .
13 - Left Rear Door Control Module -J388-
❑ Integrated in window regulator motor.
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “4.6 Rear Door Window Regulator Motor”, page 266 .
14 - Connector Station
❑ Installed location: left B-pillar
❑ Loosen the boot on the pillar to disconnect the connector.
15 - Left Front Door Lock
❑ The door lock is attached to the inner door panel.
❑ The power central locking system is integrated in door lock.
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.5 Door Lock”, page 103 .
16 - Driver Door Control Module -J386-
❑ Integrated in window regulator motor.
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “4.3 Front Door Window Regulator Motor”, page 259 .
17 - Central Switch for Window Regulator
❑ Installed location: inside the door trim panel.
❑ Remove and installing central window regulator switch, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ;
Removal and Installation .
18 - Central Locking Button
❑ Installed location: inside the door trim panel.
❑ Removing and installing the central locking button, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Re‐
moval and Installation .

1. Description and Operation 79


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

19 - Coupling Station
❑ Installed location: left A-pillar
❑ Loosen the boot on the pillar to disconnect the connector.
20 - Alarm Horn -H12-
❑ In the right front wheel housing.
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Removal and Installation .
21 - Engine Hood Contact Switch -F266-
❑ Anti-theft warning system contact switch.
❑ Installed location: on the latch.
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Removal and Installation .

1.2 Door, Adjusting


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ 15 mm Open Ring Spanner -T10344- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
♦ Door Adjusting Wrench -3320- d by V gu
ara
rise nte
♦ Box Wrench -3320/3- utho eo
ra
s a c
s
Adjusting Gap Dimension and Flush Dimension

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Note

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

♦ The door is properly adjusted when there is an overall even

h re
gap dimension when closed, it is not too far inward or outward
hole

spec
and contours align.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Vehicle must stand on its wheels while they are on the ground
in order to be able to perform the adjustment.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

80 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Adjusting the Gap Dimensions


– Observe gap dimension of front door.
Adjustments are made using the eccentric pin -7-.
Other measures, such as aligning the door upward, are not ef‐
fective. Excess pressure thereafter will again cause the door to
sag.
– Loosen eccentric pin bolt -7-.
– Adjust the eccentric bolt -9- within the adjustment range -6-
using a -T10344- .
– Tighten screw -7-, tightening specification: 28 Nm.
– Adjust striker pin.
Adjusting the Flush Dimension
The flush dimension is adjusted correctly via bolts
-2, 3, 5, 8 and 10- on the door hinge.
-3320- with -3320/3- must be used for this.
– In order to adjust the upper area of the door, loosen bolts
-8 and 10-.
– Tightening specifications for screw -10-: 10 Nm.

1. Description and Operation 81


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Tightening specification for screw -8-: 38 Nm.


– In order to adjust the lower area of the door, loosen bolts
-2, 3 and 5-.
– Tightening specifications for screw -2-: 10 Nm.
– Screws -3 and 5- tightening specification: 38 Nm.
– Adjust striker pin.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

If the adjustment using the eccentric bolt is insufficient, then ad‐


just the gap dimensions on the door hinge once again using the
screws -2, 3, 4, and 5-.
-3320- with -3320/3- must be used for this.
– Tightening specification for screws -2, 3, 4, and 5-: 50 Nm.
Always replace the screws -2, 3, 4, and 5-.

82 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Striker Pin, Adjusting

Note

♦ When closing, the front door must latch completely without


having to press it and it must not have any play.
♦ By adjusting the striker pin, door must not be pushed upward
or downward.

The striker pin can be used to adjust:


• If the front door does not align with the rear door.
– Loosen catch -2- by loosening the screws -1- on the A-pillar.
– Adjust front door with striker pin -2- so that front door aligns
with rear door when closed (wind noise).
Volkswagen AG
– Tighten the bolts -1- on the strikerswpin
age-2-.
n AG. does
olk not
yV gu
Screw -1- tightening specification:
ed b 20 Nm. ara
nte
ris
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 83


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.3 Door Handle and Door Lock Overview

Note

The illustration shows a left fender. The right fender is identical.

1 - Door Lock
❑ Door lock can only be
removed in conjunction
with subframe
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.5 Door Lock”, page
103 .
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
2 - Bolt olks
wa not
byV gu
❑ Tightening rspecifica‐
ise
d ara
nte
tion: 4 Nm tho eo
au ra
❑ For lock ss cylinder c
ce
le
un

3 - Mounting Bracket pt
an
d
itte

y li
❑ Removing and instal‐
erm

ab
ling, refer to
ility
ot p

⇒ “3.10 Mounting
wit
is n

Bracket”, page 112 .


h re
ole,

spec

4 - Lock Cylinder
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

❑ Removing and instal‐


ling, refer to
⇒ “3.9 Lock Cylinder”,
rrectne

page 109 .
❑ Only the driver door has
s

a lock cylinder.
s o
cial p

f i

5 - Backing
nform
mer

6 - Cover
atio
om

❑ Driver side with lock cyl‐


n
c

i
or

inder, removing and in‐


thi
te

sd

stalling, refer to
iva

o
r

⇒ “3.8 Lock Cylinder


p

cum
r
fo

Cover Cap”, page 108 .


en
ng

t.
yi Co
❑ Passenger side without Cop py
ht. rig
lock cylinder, removing py
rig by
ht
and installing, refer to co Vo
by lksw
⇒ “3.1 Cap without Lock Cylinder”, page 95 .
cted agen
Prote AG.

7 - Door Handle
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “3.4 Door Handle”, page 101 .
8 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification: 1 Nm
❑ Mounting bracket is disengaged from door by loosening this bolt.
9 - Cable
❑ From the door lock to the mounting bracket.
10 - Cable
❑ For unlocking the lock by the interior door mechanism.
❑ With grommet as pass-through on subframe.

84 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

11 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification: 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
AG. Volkswagen AG d
12 - Cover agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
1.4 Door Hinge Overview s a c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

Note

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

♦ The illustration shows a right door hinge. The left door hinge is identical.

h re
hole

♦ Always replace the door hinge bolts after loosening them.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Hinges are no longer manufactured as separated parts.
♦ Lubricate the new door hinge if the old one was replaced.

rrectness of i
l purpos

1 - Door
❑ Removing and instal‐

nform
ercia

ling, refer to
⇒ “3.3 Door”,
m

at
om

page 99 .

ion
c

in t
❑ Adjusting, refer to
or

his
e

⇒ “1.2 Door, Adjusting”,


at

do
riv

page 80 .
p

cum
for

en
g

2 - Guide Bolt
n

t.
yi Co
op
❑ Tightening specifica‐
C py
ht. rig
tion: 10 Nm
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
3 - Door Hinge with Door Ar‐
agen
Prote AG.
rester
❑ Lubricate if the hinge is
replaced, refer to
⇒ “1.9 New Door Hing‐
es, Lubricating”,
page 92 .
4 - Socket Head Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 38 Nm
❑ Always replace bolts af‐
ter loosening them.
5 - Cover
6 - Socket Head Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 50 Nm
❑ Installed from the inside
of the vehicle.
❑ Remove the lower A-pil‐
lar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body
Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Removal and Installa‐
tion .
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening them.
7 - Socket Head Bolt
❑ Tightening specification: 38 Nm
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening them.

1. Description and Operation 85


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

8 - Cover
9 - Socket Head Bolt
❑ Tightening specification: 50 Nm
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening them.
10 - Lower Spacer Plate
11 - Adjustment Ring
❑ Provides the eccentric pin adjustment range.
12 - Bolt agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ Tightening specification: 28 by VNm
o gu
ara
ed
❑ For the eccentric bolts
horis nte
e t or
au a
13 - Door Hinge ss c

ce
e
nl

❑ The door hinge is not separated.

pt
du

an
itte

❑ Lubricate if the hinge is replaced, refer to ⇒ “1.9 New Door Hinges, Lubricating”, page 92 .

y li
erm

ab
ility
14 - Socket Head Bolt
ot p

wit
, is n

❑ Tightening specification: 50 Nm

h re
hole

❑ Always replace bolts after loosening them.

spec
es, in part or in w

15 - Socket Head Bolt

t to the co
❑ Tightening specification: 50 Nm
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening them.

rrectness of i
16 - Cover
l purpos

17 - Socket Head Bolt

nf
ercia

❑ Tightening specification: 38 Nm
orm
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening them.
m

atio
om

n in

18 - Eccentric Bolts
or c

thi
e

❑ The eccentric bolts are for adjusting the gap.


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

19 - Upper Spacer Plate


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
20 - Guide Bolt
Co
Cop py
. rig
❑ Tightening specification: 10 Nm
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

86 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.5 Folding Remote Vehicle Key Battery Overview


G. Volkswage nA n AG d
wage oes
Volks not
gu
by ara
1 - Key with Variable Code ris
ed nte
Transponder tho eo
au ra
c
ss
2 - Radio Frequency Unit - Up‐

ce
le
un
per Part

pt
an
d
itte

y li
3 - LED

rm

ab
pe

ility
❑ This LED must blink

ot

wit
when remote control is

, is n

h re
operated.
hole

spec
❑ If LED does not blink es, in part or in w
when remote control is

t to the co
operated, the battery is
completely discharged
and must be replaced:

rrectness of i
4 - Battery
l purpos

5 - Radio Frequency Unit -


Lower Part

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 87


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.6 Front Door Overview

1 - Door
❑ Removing and instal‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
ling, refer to lkswage es n
o ot g
⇒ “3.3 Door”, d byV ua
ran
page 99 . ir se tee
tho
u or
❑ Adjusting, refer to ss
a ac
⇒ “1.2 Door, Adjusting”,

ce
e
nl
page 80 .

pt
du

an
itte

y li
2 - Window Guide

erm

ab
ility
ot p
❑ Removing and instal‐

wit
, is n
ling, refer to

h re
⇒ “4.4 Front Door Win‐
hole

spec
dow Guide”, page 262 .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
3 - Door Window
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to

rrectness of i
⇒ “4.2 Front Door Win‐
dow”, page 255 .
l purpos

4 - Trim

nf
ercia

❑ Removing and instal‐

orm
ling, refer to
m

atio
m

⇒ “3.16 Trim”,
o

n in
c

page 121 .
or

thi
te

sd
a

5 - Outer Window Recess Seal


iv

o
r
rp

cu
❑ Removing and instal‐
o

m
f

en
ng

ling, refer to
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “3.11 Outer Window C py
t. rig
Recess Seal”,
gh ht
yri by
page 112 . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6 - Inner Window Recess Seal
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.7 Inner Window
Shaft Strip”, page 107 .
7 - Cover
❑ Only on the 2-door model
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “3.2 Cover, 2-Door Vehicle”, page 97 .
8 - Door Lock
❑ Door lock can only be removed in conjunction with subframe
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “3.5 Door Lock”, page 103 .
9 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification: 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
10 - Outer Door Seal
❑ Removing and installing on a 2-door model, refer to
⇒ “3.12 Outer Door Seal, 2-Door Vehicle”, page 113 .
❑ Removing and installing on a 4-door model, refer to
⇒ “3.13 Outer Door Seal, 4-Door Vehicle”, page 114 .

88 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

11 - Buffer
12 - Cover
13 - Subframe
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “3.15 Subframe”, page 116 .
❑ With window regulator.
14 - Clips
❑ For mounting the subframe
15 - Bolt
❑ For the hinge mount, there are different tightening specifications.
16 - Bottom Door Hinge
❑ With a door arrester
❑ The hinge is not separated.
17 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification: 8 Nm
❑ For mounting the window regulator inside the door.
18 - Upper Door Hinge
❑ The hinge is not separated.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 89


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.7 Insulation Overview, 2-Door Vehicle

1 - Insulation
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Installing:
– Cut if necessary and
mount it over the side
impact protection.

– Heat using a -V.A.G


1416- and press onto
the outer door panel.

2 - Foam Piece

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

90 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.8 Insulation Overview, 4-Door Vehicle

1 - Insulation
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Installing:
– Cut if necessary and po‐
sition it as illustrated.

– Heat using a -V.A.G


1416- and press onto
the outer door panel.

2 - Foam Piece

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 91


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.9 New Door Hinges, Lubricating

Note

Lubricate the new door hinge after the painting is completed.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Lubricate the upper door hinge -1- with Grease -G 000 150- cted agen
Prote AG.
all the way around -arrows a- on the pin and hole.
– Lubricate the lower door hinge -3- with Grease -G 000 150- all
the way around -arrows a- on the pin and hole.
– Lubricate the door check torsion spring -2- on the lower hinge
with Grease -G 000 150- -arrows c-.

1.10 Remote Vehicle Keys, Adaptation


– Select Guided Fault Finding on the Vehicle diagnostic
tester .
– Using the Go to button, select Function/Component se-
lection and the following menu items one after the other:

♦ Body

92 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

♦ Electrical Equipment (Repair Groups 01; 27 and 90 through


97)
♦ Vehicle electrical system control module
♦ Functions
♦ Key with remote control operation, adapting
Adaptation of keys with remote control is performed using Vehicle
diagnostic tester .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 93


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2 Specifications
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Hinge bolts 38 Nm
Door lock bolts 20 Nm
Lock cylinder bolts 4 Nm
Mounting bracket bolt 1 Nm
Outer door trim bolts 2 Nm

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

94 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3 Removal and Installation G. Volkswagen


nA AG do
wage es n
⇒ “3.1 Cap without Lock Cylinder”, page
yV
olks95 ot g
ua
b
ed ran
⇒ “3.2 Cover, 2-Door Vehicle”,hpage
or
is 97 tee
t or
au ac
⇒ “3.3 Door”, page 99 ss

ce
le
un

pt
⇒ “3.4 Door Handle”, page 101

an
d
itte

y li
⇒ “3.5 Door Lock”, page 103
erm

ab
ility
ot p

⇒ “3.6 Inner Door Seal”, page 105

wit
is n

h re
ole,

⇒ “3.7 Inner Window Shaft Strip”, page 107

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

⇒ “3.8 Lock Cylinder Cover Cap”, page 108

t to the co
⇒ “3.9 Lock Cylinder”, page 109
⇒ “3.10 Mounting Bracket”, page 112

rrectne
⇒ “3.11 Outer Window Recess Seal”, page 112

ss
⇒ “3.12 Outer Door Seal, 2-Door Vehicle”, page 113

o
cial p

f inform
⇒ “3.13 Outer Door Seal, 4-Door Vehicle”, page 114
mer

atio
⇒ “3.14 Remote Foldable Vehicle Key Battery”, page 115
om

n
c

i
or

n
⇒ “3.15 Subframe”, page 116

thi
te

sd
va

⇒ “3.16 Trim”, page 121


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

3.1 Cap without Lock Cylinder


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Special tools and workshop equipment required
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Assembly Tool -T10389- Prote
cted AG.
agen

Removing

3. Removal and Installation 95


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the plug -3-.


– Insert the -T10389- approximately 60 mm (2 3/8 inches) (into
the door behind the bracket locking hook -2-.
– Pull the -T10389- toward the rear -arrow- until the hook dis‐
engages.
– Pull the door handle -2- in -direction of arrow a-.
– Remove the cap -1- from the door -arrow b-.
Installation

96 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Pull the door handle -2- in -direction of arrow a-.


– Slide the cap -1- into the bracket -arrow b-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the plug -5-.


– Insert a screwdriver -4- on the hooks -3-.
– Push the screwdriver -arrow- until the hook engages.

3.2 Cover, 2-Door Vehicle


Removing

3. Removal and Installation 97


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove front door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.

nform
ercia

70 ; Removal and Installation .


m

– Lift the cover -1- near the top -arrow a-. at


om

ion
c

in t

– Remove cable -3- from the brackets -2-.


or

his
ate

– Remove the cover -arrow b- from the door.


do
priv

cum
for

Installation
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

98 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
ed b ara
nte
Golf 2009 ➤
ris
ut
ho eo
ra
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
s a c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Install the cover -1- -arrow a- in the door.


– Secure the cable -3- in the brackets -2-.
– Press the top of the cover -arrow b- into the door.

3.3 Door
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Door Adjusting Wrench -3320-
♦ Box Wrench -3320/3-

Note

The following describes removing and installing the right door on‐
ly. Removing and installing the left door is identical.

Removing

3. Removal and Installation 99


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Press on the catch -arrow a- and remove the boot -6- from the
A-pillar.
– Move the locking lever -5- downward -arrow b- and disconnect
the connector from coupling station.
– Remove the caps -3- from the bolts.
– Remove bolts-2, 7 and 8- using -3320- and -3320/3- from
hinge.
– These screws -4 and 9- are actually guide screws and remain
on the hinge.
– Pull the door -1- off the guide screws -4 and 9- in
-direction of arrow c-
Installation

100 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
te

To install, perform the steps used for removal in reverse order.


a

do
priv

cum
or

– Make sure the front door gap dimension is correct.


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Tightening Specifications Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Component Tightening Specifications
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Hinge bolts -2, 7 and 8- (always 38 Nm
Prote AG.

replace)

3.4 Door Handle

Note

Removing and installing the right door handle is described here.


Removing and installing the left door handle is identical.

3. Removal and Installation 101


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Removing
– Remove the lock cylinder housing, refer to
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
⇒ “3.9 Lock Cylinder”, page 109
olks
w.age es n
o
yV t gu
b a
– Pull door handle -1- slightly
ris
ed toward rear -arrow a- out of mount ran
tee
of mounting bracket.ut
ho
or
a ac
ss
– Swivel door handle around in -direction of arrow b-.

ce
le
un

pt
an
– Remove the door handle at right angle -arrow a- from the
d
itte

y li
bracket -2-.
rm

ab
pe

ility
Installation
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

102 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Install the door handle -1- into the bracket at right angle
-arrow a-.
– Swing door handle -1- into door -arrow b-.
– Slide the door handle toward front -arrow c- into the mount
inside the bracket.
Install the lock cylinder housing.

3.5 Door Lock swage


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
olk ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
Note utho
or
a ac
ss

ce
e

♦ Removing and installing the door lock is described. Removing


nl

pt
du

and installing the left door lock is identical.

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ It is not necessary to remove the subframe on a 2-door vehicle.

ility
ot p

It is only necessary to remove the cover.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Removing

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove front door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.


70 ; Removal and Installation .

3. Removal and Installation 103


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2-door Vehicles
– On a 2-door vehicle, remove just the cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Cover, 2-Door Vehicle”, page 97 .
4-door Vehicles
– On a 4-door vehicle, remove the subframe. Refer to
⇒ “3.15 Subframe”, page 116 .
All Vehicles
– Remove the lock cylinder.
– Remove the bolts -4-.
– Loosen the cable -3- on the door lock bracket.
– Remove the lock -1- from the door -2-.
Installation AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

Make sure to install the cover before installing the door lock.

104 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Push the cover -1- onto the guide -2- -arrow a-.
– Lock the cover -1- into the center of the door lock -2-
-arrow b-.
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Door lock bolts 20 Nm
• Then a function test must be performed because the lock will
not open if the release cable is not adjusted and secured cor‐
rectly.

3.6 Inner Door Seal


Inner door seals are equipped at the factory with sealant, applied
to door flange and then rolled on.

Note

♦ When the seal is removed, the sealant is spread on the inner


side of the seal and the sides are bent up slightly. If the seal
is being installed again, the sealing performance and proper
. Volkswagen AG
seating are no longer guaranteed.
swagen AG does
olk not
yV g
♦ For this reason, ievery
se
d b completely removed seal must be
ua
ranre‐
placed with a tso-called
ho
r “hammer-stroke seal”. tee
or
au ac
♦ With partially
ss removed
seals, press the edges of the seal to‐
ce
le

gether before installing.


un

pt
an
d
itte

♦ The following describes removing and installing the right inner


y li
rm

ab

door seal only. Removing and installing the left inner door seal
pe

ility

is identical.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Removing
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 105


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
e

– Remove the pillar trim in order to remove the inner door seal.
at

do
riv

Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Instal‐


p

cum
or

lation
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Remove sill panel strip. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. Cop py
68 ; Removal and Installation
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Pull off inner door seal -1- from body flange.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installation

106 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

– Align the inner door seal -1- with the vulcanized point
rp

cu
o

-arrow - at the height of the lower hinge -arrow-.


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Start installation of inner door seal in upper radius of door cut‐ C py
ht. rig
out. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
3.7 Inner Window Shaft Strip
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

Pull the strip off evenly without bending it.

3. Removal and Installation 107


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove front door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Removal and Installation .
– Pull the seal -1- -arrows- evenly off the flange -2-.
Installation
Press the seal -1- evenly onto the flange -2-.

3.8 Lock Cylinder Cover Cap


Removing

Note

♦ Do not turn the screwdriver to pry off the lock cylinder cap.
♦ The lock cylinder and cap are on the driver side only.

108 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Gently insert a small screwdriver -3- -arrow a- into the hole on


the bottom of the cap.
– Gently remove the cap -1- from the door with the screwdriver
-arrow b-.
– Slide the cap upward and off the lock cylinder.
Installation

– Place the lock cylinder cap -2- gently at an angle from above
-arrow a- on the lock cylinder.
– Press the lock cylinder cap -2- on to door -arrow b- until cover
cap engages with lock cylinder.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

3.9 Lock Cylinder


rrectness of i
l purpos

Note
nf
ercia

♦ Only the driver door still has a lock cylinder.


rm
m

atio
m

♦ Removing and installing the left lock is described here. Re‐


o

n in
c

moving and installing a right lock cylinder is identical.


or

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

Removing
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 109


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Remove the covers -4 and 6-.

wit
is n

h re
– Remove the bolt -5-.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Turn the screw -7- until it stop and press the screw in t to the co
-arrow a-, so that the bracket -8- releases the lock cylinder.
– Remove the lock cylinder housing -1- from the bracket -3- at
rrectne

a right angle -arrow b- to the door.


Installation
ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

110 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
– Insert the lock cylinder housing -1- into the bracket -3- at a right
om

n
angle.
c

i
or

n thi
te

– Install the bolts -5 and 7- into the mounting bracket. sd


iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Note
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
During installation, lock cylinder housing must be pressed onto the outer door panel.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Further installation is in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Lock cylinder bolts 4 Nm

3. Removal and Installation 111


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3.10 Mounting Bracket


Removing
– Remove front door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Removal and Installation .
2-door Vehicles
– On a 2-door vehicle, remove just the cover . Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Cover, 2-Door Vehicle”, page 97 .
4-door Vehicles
– On a 4-door vehicle, remove the subframe. Refer to
⇒ “3.15 Subframe”, page 116 .
All vehicles
– Remove the door handle. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Door Handle”, page 101 .
– Remove the bolt - 2-.
– Remove the seal - 3-.
– Remove the bracket - 1- from
agen
the
AG. door.
Volkswagen AG
do
ksw es n
Vol ot g
Installation ed by ua
ran
ris tee
utho or
– Install the bracket
ss
a - 1- in the door. ac
ce
e

– Insert the seal - 3-.


nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li

– Tighten the bolt - 2-, tightening specification: 1 Nm.


erm

ab
ility
ot p

Further installation is in reverse order of removal.


wit
, is n

h re

Tightening Specifications
hole

spec

Component Tightening Specifications


es, in part or in w

t to the co

Mounting bracket bolt 1 Nm


rrectness of i
l purpos

3.11 Outer Window Recess Seal


nform
mercia

Note
at
om

ion
c

in t
r

♦ The seal contains a metal insert. Once this metal insert is bent,
o

his
te

it cannot be straightened . It will remain “wavy”.


a

do
priv

cum
or

♦ This why the seal must be removed evenly without bending it.
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

112 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Removing
AG.

– Remove front door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.


70 ; Removal and Installation .
– Remove the exterior mirror. Refer to
⇒ “4.4.6 Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 310 .
– Pull the seal -1- -arrows- evenly off the flange -2-.
Installation
Press the seal -1- evenly onto the flange -2-.

3.12 Outer Door Seal, 2-Door Vehicle

Note

♦ The following describes removing and installing the right outer


door seal only. Removing and installing the left outer door seal
is identical.
♦ Check the clips -2- for damage and replace them if necessary.

3. Removal and Installation 113


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

Removing
nform
ercia

– Remove the outer door seal -1- together with the clips -2- from
m

at

the door -4-.


om

ion
c

in t

Installation
or

his
ate

– Press the seal -1- together the clips -2- onto the door.
do
priv

cum
for

– Peel off the protective film -3- and press the seal onto the door.
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
3.13 Outer Door Seal, 4-Door Vehicle
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

♦ The following describes removing and installing the right outer


door seal only. Removing and installing the left outer door seal
is identical.
♦ Check the clips -2- for damage and replace them if necessary.

114 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

Removing
rrectne

– Remove the outer door seal -1- together with the clips -2- from
s

the door -3-.


s o
cial p

f i

Installation
nform
mer

– Press the seal -1- together the clips -2- onto the door.
atio
om

n
c

3.14 Remote Foldable Vehicle Key Battery


i
or

n thi
te

sd
va

Removing
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en

– Insert screwdriver in the slot between radio-frequency unit


ng

t.
yi Co
-1- and key -2-. . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig
– Rotate screwdriver in -direction of arrow- and detach radio py by
co Vo
frequency unit from key.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 115


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Press radio frequency unit -1- apart with key bit on key -2-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
– Use a screwdriver to unclip battery -1- out of holders -2- inaut ra
s c
-direction of arrow-. s

ce
le
un

pt
Installation

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

Note

wit
, is n

h re
hole

♦ Before installing the battery, one of the buttons must be push‐

spec
es, in part or in w

ed.

t to the co
♦ The radio remote container is reset and only recognize a new
battery.

rrectness of i
l purpos

Keep the correct polarity and position when installing the batter‐
ies.

nform
ercia

– Place battery -1- in radio-frequency unit -2- with positive ter‐


minal downward (positive terminal is marked in housing).
m

a
com

tion in
– Press the battery lightly to secure it in the radio frequency unit.
r
te o

thi
– Install the cover on the radio frequency unit without damaging

s
iva

do
the seal.
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

– Then lock radio-frequency unit with key.


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.15 Subframe

Note

♦ Removing and installing the right subframe is described here.


Removing and installing the left subframe is identical.
♦ Bolts -3- have a left-hand thread.
♦ The subframe on a 2-door vehicle and 4-door vehicle is iden‐
tical. The door on a 2-door vehicle has an additional cover.
♦ The subframe has a crash sensor. Be sure to follow all the
safety precautions when working with pyrotechnic compo‐
nents. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 69 ; Removal and
Installation .

The window regulator, window regulator motor and the speaker


are attached to the subframe.
The subframe and the window regulator are attached to each
other and cannot be separated.

116 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

The subframe can be removed only if the door window is detach‐


ed at the clamping screws on the window regulator.
If it is not possible to drive down the door window
n AG. Volkby
swathe
gen electrical
AG do
wage
window regulator, first the exact cause Volks of malfunction must be es n
ot g
y
determined. se
d b ua
ran
ri tee
ho
Check the comfort system ut DTC memory with Vehicle Diagnostic or
ac
sa
Tester for the Comfort System DTC memory.
s

ce
le
un

pt
If electrical malfunction is present, repair this malfunction first.

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
If there is an electrical malfunction due to window regulator motor,

ility
ot p

it can be unscrewed from subframe and door window can be slid

wit
by hand into the necessary work position.
is n

h re
ole,

Removing

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Note

rrectne
The bolts -3- have a left-hand thread.

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove front door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.


70 ; Removal and Installation .

3. Removal and Installation 117


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Golf 2009 ➤ ed b ara
nte
ris
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011 utho eo
ra
s a c
s
– Pry out cover caps -6-.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
– Lower the door window -2- until the screws -3- are accessible.

y li
rm

ab
pe
– Loosen the screws -3- (left-hand thread) but do not remove

ility
ot
and press the clamping brackets apart.

wit
, is n

h re
hole
– Lift the door window -1- and secure it, for example, with ad‐

spec
hesive tape. es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
♦ On one series of vehicles, up to 3 clips have been replaced by rivets.
l purpos

♦ These rivets are being replaced by clips again at installation.

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Open the catches -arrow a- and pull off the protective sleeve
-3-.
– Open the locking mechanism on the connector by pivoting it
downward -arrow b- and disconnect the connector.
– Disconnect the connectors on the door lock and the speaker
-5-.
– Remove the caps -6- and remove the screws -7-.

118 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove the clips -arrows- with pliers -8- -arrow c-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Disconnect the connector on the window regulator motor for


the exterior mirror -7-.
rrectness of i

– Remove the wiring harness for the exterior mirror -4-.


l purpos

– Move the subframe -1- upward just a little -arrow a-.


nf
ercia

– Remove the subframe -1- and the window regulator -5- at an


or

angle -arrows b- from the door.


m
m

atio
om

– Remove the wiring harness -2- from the mount -3-.


n in
or c

thi
e

– When pulling out subframe -1-, guide out wiring harness -2-
t

sd
iva

accordingly.
o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

Installation
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 119


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011 AG. Volkswagen A
agen G do
w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Insert subframe upward -arrow a- at an angle into door.


– Pull the connector -3- through the door and secure the wire
holder -2-.
– Pull the cable -7- through the subframe. Make sure the grom‐
met fits correctly.
– Push the subframe -1- at the lower area on the door
-arrow b-.
– Route the wires -4- on the subframe.
– Connect the electrical connectors -5 and 8-.

Note

♦ Press the subframe firmly against the door when installing the clips.
♦ Gently push in the pins on the clips so that the subframe seal fits correctly.
♦ It will be difficult to install the clips with the subframe is not pressed firmly against the door.
♦ The clips will get caught and the seal will not fit properly. This means the door will not be sealed.
♦ On one series of vehicles, up to 3 clips have been replaced by rivets.
♦ These rivets are being replaced by clips again at installation.

120 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
– Press the subframe firmly -1- against the door.

ss
– Mount the clips -arrows- and press the pins in.
o
cial p

f in
– Tighten the bolts -7-.
form
mer

atio

– Install the door window. Refer to


om

⇒ “4.2 Front Door Window”, page 255 .


n
c

i
or

n thi
e

– Connect the electrical connectors -3 and 5-.


t

sd
iva

o
pr

– Continue by performing the steps used in removal in reverse


um
r
fo

en
ng

order.
t.
yi Co
op py
Tightening Specifications
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
Component Tightening Specifications
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Bolt -7- 8 Nm

3.16 Trim
Removing

3. Removal and Installation 121


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the window guide -2- from the door.


– Remove the bolts -3-.
– Slide the trim -1- downward -arrow a- and remove it from the
door -arrows b-.
Installation

122 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Check the spring nuts -2- for damage and replace them if nec‐
essary.
– Slide the trim -1- onto the door -arrow b- and then
upward-arrow a-.
– Tighten bolts -3-.
– Slide the window guide -4- into the door.
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Trim bolts 2 Nm

3. Removal and Installation 123


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Door Adjusting Wrench -3320-
♦ Joint -3320/1-
♦ Box Wrench -3320/2-
♦ Box Wrench -3320/3-
♦ Roller -3356-
♦ Torque Wrench -V.A.G 1331-
♦ Adjusting Gauge -3371-
♦ Socket -3410-
♦ Trim Removal Wedge -3409-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

♦ 15 mm Open Ring Spanner -T10344-


wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
c

♦ Torque Wrench -V.A.G 1331-


or

thi
te

sd
a

♦ Socket -3410-
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

♦ Application Roller for Door Insulation Foil -3356-


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ Hot Air Gun -V.A.G 1416-
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

124 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

♦ Adhesive Remover -VAS 6349-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Special Tools 125


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

58 – Rear Doors
1 Description and Operation
⇒ “1.1 Door Adjusting”, page 126
⇒ “1.2 Door Handle and Door Lock Overview”, page 130
⇒ “1.3 Door Hinge Overview”, page 131
⇒ “1.4 Insulation Overview”, page 133
⇒ “1.5 New Door Hinge, Lubricating”, page 134
⇒ “1.6 Rear Door Overview”, page 135

1.1 Door Adjusting


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ 15 mm Open Ring Spanner -T10344-
♦ Door Adjusting Wrench -3320-
♦ Box Wrench -3320/3-
Adjusting Gap Dimension and Flush Dimension

Note

♦ The door is properly adjusted when there is an overall even


gap dimension when closed, it is not too far inward or outward
and contours align.
♦ Vehicle must stand on its wheels while they are on the ground
in order to be able to perform the adjustment.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen

126
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Adjusting the Gap Dimensions Prote
cted AG.
agen

– Observe gap dimension of front door.


Adjustments are made using the eccentric pin -8-.
Other measures, such as aligning the door upward, are not ef‐
fective. Excess pressure thereafter will again cause the door to
sag.
– Loosen the screw -6- for the eccentric bolt -8-.
– Adjust the eccentric bolt -8- within the adjustment range -10-
using a 15 mm open ring spanner -T10344- .
– Tighten screw -6-, tightening specification: 28 Nm.
– Adjust the striker pin.
Adjusting the Flush Dimension
The flush dimension is adjusted correctly via bolts
-2, 3, 5, 7 and 9- on the door hinge.
Door adjusting wrench -3320- with -3320/3- must be used for this.
– In order to adjust the upper area of the door, loosen bolts
-7 and 9-.
– Tightening specifications for screw -9-: 10 Nm.

1. Description and Operation 127


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Tightening specification for screw -7-: 38 Nm.


– In order to adjust the lower area of the door, loosen bolts
-2, 3 and 5-.
– Tightening specifications for screw -2-: 10 Nm.
– Screws -3 and 5- tightening specification: 38 Nm.
– Adjust the striker pin.
Adjusting Gap Dimensions

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

If the adjustment using the eccentric bolt is insufficient, then ad‐


just the gap dimensions on the door hinge once again using the
nform
ercia

screws -2, 3, 4, and 5-.


m

at

Door adjusting wrench -3320- with -3320/3- must be used for this.
om

ion
c

in t
r

– Tightening specification for screws -2, 3, 4, and 5-: 50 Nm.


o

his
ate

do
riv

Always replace the screws -2, 3, 4, and 5-.


p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

128 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Striker Pin, Adjusting

Note

♦ The following describes adjusting the right front door only. Ad‐
justing the left front door is identical.
♦ When closing, the front door must latch completely without
having to press it and it must not have any play.
♦ The door must not be pushed up or down when adjusting the
striker pin.

The striker pin can be used to adjust:


• If the front door does not align with the rear door.
– Loosen the striker pin -1- by loosening the bolts -2- on the A-
pillar.
– Adjust front door with striker pin -1- so that front door aligns
with rear door when closed (wind noise).
– Tighten the striker pin -1- bolts -2-.
Screw -2- tightening specification: 20 Nm.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 129


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition G. Volkswagen AG d
gen A06.2011
swa k
oes
not
Vol gu
d by ara
1.2 Door Handle and Door Lock Overview
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
Note

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
The illustration shows a right door hinge. The left door hinge is identical.
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
1 - Door Lock
es, in part or in w

❑ Removing and instal‐

t to the co
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.4 Door Lock”, page
144 .

rrectness of i
2 - Cable
l purpos

❑ For unlocking the lock


by the interior door

nform
ercia

mechanism.
m

❑ With grommet as pass-

a
com

tio
through on subframe.

n in
r
te o

thi
3 - Cable

s
iva

do
r

❑ From the door lock to


rp

cum
fo

the mounting bracket.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
4 - Mounting Bracket
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Removing and instal‐ p by
co Vo
lksw
ling, refer to
by
cted agen
Prote
⇒ “3.7 Mounting Brack‐
AG.

et”, page 148 .


5 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 4.5 Nm
❑ Mounting bracket is dis‐
engaged from door by
loosening this bolt.
6 - Door Handle
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.3 Door Handle”,
page 142 .
7 - Cover
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.1 Cover”,
page 138 .
8 - Cover
9 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification: 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2

130 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.3 Door Hinge Overview

Note

♦ The illustration shows a right door hinge. The left door hinge is identical.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
♦ Always replace the door hinge bolts after loosening
olks
wage them. es n
ot g
byV ua
♦ Hinges are no longer manufactured as ris separated parts.
ed ran
tee
tho
or
♦ Lubricate the new door hinge if the
ss
au
old one was replaced. ac

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
1 - Door
erm

ab
ility
❑ Removing and instal‐
ot p

wit
ling, refer to
, is n

h re
⇒ “3.2 Door”,
hole

spec
page 140 .
es, in part or in w

❑ Adjusting, refer to

t to the co
⇒ “1.1 Door Adjusting”,
page 126 .

rrectness of i
2 - Guide Bolt
l purpos

❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 10 Nm

nform
ercia

3 - Door Hinge with Door Ar‐


rester
m

at
om

i
❑ lubricate if the hinge is

on
c

in t
replaced, refer to
or

his
e

⇒ “1.5 New Door Hinge,


at

do
riv

Lubricating”, page 134 .


p

cum
for

en
g

4 - Socket Head Bolt


n

t.
yi Co
op
❑ Tightening specifica‐
C py
ht. rig
tion: 38 Nm rig ht
py by
co Vo
lksw
❑ Always replace bolts af‐
by
cted agen
Prote
ter loosening them.
AG.

5 - Cover
6 - Socket Head Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 50 Nm
❑ Installed from the inside
of the vehicle.
❑ Removing the lower B-
pillar trim, refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Removal and Instal‐
lation .
❑ Always replace bolts af‐
ter loosening them
7 - Socket Head Bolt
❑ Tightening specification: 38 Nm
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening them.
8 - Socket Head Bolt
❑ Tightening specification: 50 Nm
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening them.

1. Description and Operation 131


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011 agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
lksw es n
o ot g
yV ua
9 - Lower Spacer Plate ris
edb ran
tee
tho or
10 - Guide Bolt au ac
ss
❑ Tightening specification: 10 Nm

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
11 - Adjustment Ring itte

y li
rm

ab
❑ Provides the eccentric pin adjustment range.
pe

ility
ot

wit
12 - Bolt
, is n

h re
hole

❑ Tightening specification: 28 Nm

spec
es, in part or in w

❑ For the eccentric bolts.

t to the co
13 - Door Hinge
❑ The door hinge is not separated.

rrectness of i
❑ lubricate if the hinge is replaced, refer to ⇒ “1.5 New Door Hinge, Lubricating”, page 134 .
l purpos

14 - Socket Head Bolt


❑ Tightening specification: 50 Nm

nform
ercia

❑ Always replace bolts after loosening them.


m

a
com

ti
15 - Socket Head Bolt

on in
r
te o

❑ Tightening specification: 50 Nm

thi
s
iva

do
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening them.
r
rp

cum
fo

16 - Socket Head Bolt

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
❑ Tightening specification: 38 Nm C py
ht. rig
rig ht
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening them. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
17 - Eccentric Bolts
agen
Prote AG.

❑ The eccentric bolts are for adjusting the gap.


18 - Lower Spacer Plate

132 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
tho tee
or Golf 2009 ➤
u
ss
a ac
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

ce
le
un

pt
1.4 Insulation Overview

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
1 - Insulation
is n

h re
ole,

❑ Self-adhesive

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ installing:

t to the co
– Cut if necessary and
mount it over the side
impact protection.

rrectne
– Heat using a Heat Gun -

s
V.A.G 1416- and press

s o
cial p

onto the outer door pan‐

f in
el.

form
mer

atio
m

2 - Rear Door
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 133


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.5 New Door Hinge, Lubricating

Note

Lubricate the new door hinge after the painting is completed.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

– Lubricate the upper door hinge -1- with Grease -G 000 150-
t.
yi Co
op
all the way around -arrows a- on the pin and hole. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Lubricate the lower door hinge -3- with Grease -G 000 150- all cop Vo
by lksw
the way around -arrows b- on the pin and hole. cted agen
Prote AG.

– Lubricate the door check torsion spring -2- on the lower hinge
with Grease -G 000 150- -arrows c-.

134 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.6 Rear Door


lksw
aOverview
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
n
o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris tee
1 - Door tho or
au ac
❑ Removing
ss and instal‐

ce
e

ling, refer to
nl

pt
du

an
⇒ “3.2 Door”,
itte

y li
page 140 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

❑ Adjusting, refer to

wit
⇒ “1.1 Door Adjusting”,
, is n

h re
page 126 .
hole

spec
2 - Trim
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.11 Trim”,

rrectness of i
page 158 .
l purpos

3 - Window Guide
❑ Removing and instal‐

nf
ercia

ling, refer to

or
⇒ “4.8 Rear Door Win‐

m
m

atio
dow Guide”, page 269 .
om

n in
or c

4 - Door Window

thi
te

sd
iva

❑ Removing and instal‐


o
r
rp

ling, refer to cu
o

m
f

en
ng

⇒ “4.5 Rear Door Win‐


t.
yi Co
dow”, page 263 . Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
5 - Outer Window Recess Seal p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
❑ Removing and instal‐
agen
Prote AG.
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.9 Outer Window
Recess Seal”,
page 151 .
6 - Inner Window Recess Seal
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.6 Inner Window
Shaft Strip”, page 148 .
7 - Door Lock
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “3.4 Door Lock”, page 144 .
8 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification: 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
9 - Outer Door Seal
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “3.8 Outer Door Seal”, page 150 .
10 - Buffer
11 - Clips
❑ For mounting the subframe.
12 - Subframe
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “3.10 Subframe”, page 152 .
❑ With window regulator
13 - Bolt
❑ For the hinge mount, there are different tightening specifications.

1. Description and Operation 135


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

14 - Bottom Door Hinge


❑ With a door arrester.
❑ The hinge is not separated.
15 - Upper Door Hinge
❑ The hinge is not separated.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

136 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2 Specifications
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Door hinge bolt (always re‐ 38 Nm
place)
Mounting bracket bolt 1 Nm
Door trim bolt 2 Nm

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Specifications 137
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3 Removal and Installation


⇒ “3.1 Cover”, page 138
⇒ “3.2 Door”, page 140
⇒ “3.3 Door Handle”, page 142
⇒ “3.4 Door Lock”, page 144
⇒ “3.5 Inner Door Seal”, page 145
⇒ “3.6 Inner Window Shaft Strip”, page 148
⇒ “3.7 Mounting Bracket”, page 148
⇒ “3.9 Outer Window Recess Seal”, page 151
⇒ “3.8 Outer Door Seal”, page 150
⇒ “3.10 Subframe”, page 152
⇒ “3.11 Trim”, page 158

3.1 Cover
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Assembly Tool -T10389-
Removing agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

138 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the plug -3-.


– Insert the -T10389- approximately 50 mm into the door behind
the bracket locking hook -2-.
– Pull the -T10389- toward the rear -arrow- until the hook dis‐
engages.
– Pull the door handle -2- in -direction of arrow a-.
– Remove the cap -1- from the door -arrow b-.
Installation

3. Removal and Installation 139


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Pull the door handle -2- in -direction of arrow a-.


– Slide the cap -1- into the bracket -arrow b-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
– Remove the plug -5-.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Insert a screwdriver -4- on the hooks -3-.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Push the screwdriver -arrow- until the hook engages. cted agen
Prote AG.

3.2 Door
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Door Adjusting Wrench -3320-

140 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

♦ Box Wrench -3320/3-

Note

The following describes removing and installing the right door on‐
ly. Removing and installing the left door is identical.

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Press on the catch -arrow a- and remove the boot -6- from the
B-pillar.
– Move the locking lever -5- downward -arrow b- and disconnect
the connector from coupling station.
– Remove the caps -3- from the bolts.
– Remove bolts-2, 7 and 8- using -3320- and -3320/3- from
hinge.
– These bolts -4 and 9- are actually guide screws and remain
on the hinge.
– Pull the door -1- off the guide screws -4 and 9- in
-direction of arrow c-

3. Removal and Installation 141


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Installation

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
To install, perform the steps used for removal in reverse order.
– Make sure the front door gap dimension is correct. rrectne

Tightening Specifications
ss o
cial p

f i

Component Tightening Specifications


nform
mer

Hinge bolt -2, 7 and 8- (always 38 Nm


atio
m

replace)
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

3.3 Door Handle


t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r

Removing
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Note
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Removing and installing the right door handle is described here.
AG.

Removing and installing the left door handle is identical.

142 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove the cap. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Cover”, page 138 .


– Pull door handle -1- slightly toward rear -arrow a- out of mount
of mounting bracket.
– Swivel door handle around in -direction of arrow b-.
– Remove the door handle at right angle -arrow a- from the
bracket -2-.
Installation

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Install the door handle -1- into the bracket at right angle
-arrow a-.

3. Removal and Installation 143


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Swing door handle -1- into door -arrow b-.


– Slide the door handle toward front -arrow c- into the mount
inside the bracket.
– Install the cap. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Cover”, page 138 .

3.4 Door Lock

Note

Removing and installing the door lock is described. Removing and


installing the left door lock is identical.

Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Remove rear door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Prote
cted AG.
agen
Removal and Installation .
– Remove subframe. Refer to ⇒ “3.10 Subframe”, page 152 .
– Remove the bolts -5-.
– Remove the lock -1- from the door -2-.
– Loosen the cable -7- on the door lock bracket.

144 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Installation

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec

Note
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

Make sure to install the cover before installing the door lock.
rrectne

– Push the cover -1- onto the guide -2- -arrow a-.
– Lock the cover -1- into the center of the door lock -2-
ss

-arrow b-.
o
cial p

f inform

Install in reverse order of removal.


mer

atio

– Make sure the connector seal is attached to the door correctly.


om

n
c

i
or

• Then a function test must be performed because the lock will


thi
te

not open if the release cable is not adjusted and secured cor‐
sd
iva

rectly.
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

3.5 Inner Door Seal


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Inner door seals are equipped at the factory with sealant, applied
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
to door flange and then rolled on.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 145


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note

♦ The sealing compound will be distributed on the inside of the


seal and the flanks will be slightly bent when the seal is re‐
moved. When the seal is installed again, it may not fit securely
and it make leak.
♦ For this reason, every completely removed seal must be re‐
placed with a so-called “hammer-stroke seal”.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
♦ With partially removed seals, press the edges of the seal to‐ y Volks ot g
gether before installing. ed
b ua
ran
oris tee
h
♦ The following describes removing and installing the right
sa
ut inner or
ac
door seal only. Removing and installing the left innersdoor seal

ce
e
is identical.

nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Removing

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the pillar trim in order to remove the inner door seal.
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Instal‐
lation .
– Remove sill panel strip. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
68 ; Removal and Installation .

146 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove the inner door seal -1- from the body flange -2-.
Installation

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
a

– Align the inner door seal -1- with the vulcanized point
iv

o
r
rp

cu

-arrow - at the height of the lower hinge -arrow-.


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
– Start installation of inner door seal in upper radius of door cut‐
Co
op py
out. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 147


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3.6 Inner Window Shaft Strip

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne

Removing
s

– Remove rear door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;


s o

Removal and Installation .


cial p

f inform

– Pull the seal -1- -arrows- evenly off the flange -2-.
mer

atio
m

Installation
o

n
c

i
or

n thi

Press the seal -1- evenly onto the flange -2-.


te

sd
iva

o
pr

3.7 Mounting Bracket


um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Removing . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

148 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove rear door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;


Removal and Installation .
– Remove subframe. Refer to ⇒ “3.10 Subframe”, page 152 .
– Remove the door handle. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Door Handle”, page 101 .
– Remove the bolt -2-.
– Remove the bracket -1- from the door.
– Loosen the cable -3- from the bracket.
Installation

3. Removal and Installation 149


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Attach the cable -3- to the bracket.


– Install the bracket -1- in the door.
– Tighten the bolt -2-.
Further installation is in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Mounting bracket bolt 1 Nm

3.8 Outer Door Seal

Note

♦ The following describes removing and installing the right outer


door seal only. Removing and installing the left outer door seal
is identical.
♦ Check the clips -2- for damage and replace them if necessary.

150 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Removing
h re
hole

spec

– Remove the outer door seal -1- together with the clips -2- from
es, in part or in w

the door -3-.


t to the co

Installation
– Press the seal -1- together the clips -2- onto the door.
rrectness of i

The seal -1- must touch the seals on the window guide -4-
l purpos

-arrows-.

3.9 Outer Window Recess Seal


nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
c

Note
or

thi
te

sd
iva

♦ The seal contains a metal insert. Once this metal insert is bent,
o
r
rp

cu

it cannot be straightened . It will remain “wavy”.


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
♦ This why the seal must be removed evenly without bending it. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 151


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f
Removing
inform
mer

– Pull the seal -1- -arrows- evenly off the flange -2-.
atio
om

Installation
c

i
or

n thi
te

Press the seal -1- evenly onto the flange -2-.


sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r

3.10 Subframe
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Note
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Removing and installing the right subframe is described here.
Removing and installing the left subframe is identical.
♦ Bolts -3- have a left-hand thread.
♦ The subframe on a 2-door vehicle and 4-door vehicle is iden‐
tical. The door on a 2-door vehicle has an additional cover.

The window regulator, window regulator motor and the speaker


are attached to the subframe.
The subframe can be removed only if the door window is detach‐
ed at the clamping screws on the window regulator.

152 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

If it is not possible to drive down the door window by the electrical


window regulator, first the exact cause of malfunction must be
determined.
For this purpose, use -Vehicle Diagnostic Tester- to check DTC
memory of Comfort system
If electrical malfunction is present, repair this malfunction first.
If there is an electrical malfunction due to window regulator motor,
it can be unscrewed from subframe and door window can be slid
by hand into the necessary work position.
Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove rear door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;


Removal and Installation .
– Remove cover cap -5-.
– Lower door window until spreader pin -4- and spreader plug
-3- are accessible in window regulator cut-out.

3. Removal and Installation 153


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note

If the work step is not possible due to a malfunction via the electrical window regulator, then the window regulator
-7- can be disconnected -8-, in order to push the window down.

– Install a 5 mm bolt (approximately 70 mm long (2 3/4 inches)


into the spreader pin -3- and pull bolt out of spreader plug
-4-.
– Screw a 8 mm bolt (approximately 80 mm long) (3 inches) into
spreader plug -4-.

Note

When screwing the bolt into spreader plug, do not use excessive force on the plug otherwise it may fall inside
into the door.

– Pull the spreader plug -4- out of the window guide -2- and out
of door window.
– Lift the door window -1- and secure it, for example, with ad‐
hesive tape.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Note ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
ut ra
♦ On one series of vehicles, up to 3 clips have been replaced
ss a
by rivets. c

ce
e
nl

♦ These rivets are being replaced by clips again at installation.

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

154 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Disconnect the connectors on the door lock -2-.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the clips -arrows- with pliers -3- -arrow a-.

3. Removal and Installation 155


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Open the catches -arrow a- and pull off the protective sleeve
-1-.
– Open the locking mechanism on the connector by pivoting it
downward -arrow b- and disconnect the connector.
– Remove the subframe -4- from the door -arrow c-.
– Pull the cable -2- out of the subframe.
– Remove the subframe -4- -arrow d- from the door -3-.
– Remove the wiring harness -1- from the mount -5-.
– When pulling out subframe -1-, guide out wiring harness -1-
accordingly.
Installation

Note

If the door window was not removed, then install the spreader plug and the expanding pin into the door window
before installing the subframe.

156 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Insert subframe upward -arrow a- at an angle into door.
AG.

– Pull the connector -6- through the door -4- and secure the wire
holder -5-.
– Pull the cable -2- through the subframe. Make sure the grom‐
met fits correctly.
– Push the subframe -1- on the bottom of the door -arrow b-.
– Connect the connectors -3-.

Note

♦ Press the subframe firmly against the door when installing the clips.
♦ Gently push in the pins on the clips so that the subframe seal fits correctly.
♦ It will be difficult to install the clips with the subframe is not pressed firmly against the door.
♦ Also, the clips will get caught and seal will not fit correctly.
♦ On one series of vehicles, up to 3 clips have been replaced by rivets.
♦ These rivets are being replaced by clips again at installation.

3. Removal and Installation 157


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Press the subframe firmly -1- against the door -4-.


– Mount the clips -arrows- and press the pins in.
– Install the door window. Refer to
⇒ “4.5 Rear Door Window”, page 263
– Connect connectors -2-.
– Continue by performing the steps used in removal in reverse
order.

3.11 Trim
Removing

158 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

– Remove the window guide -4- from the door -3- -arrow a-. spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Remove the seal from the flange -arrow b-.
– Remove the bolts -2-.
rrectne

– Slide the trim -1- downward -arrow c- and remove it from the
door -arrows d-.
ss

Installation
o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 159


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Check the spring nuts -5- for damage and replace them if nec‐
nform
ercia

essary.
m

a
com

– Slide the trim -1- onto the door -arrow a- and then
tion in

upward-arrow b-.
r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Tighten bolts -2-.


do
r
rp

cum
fo

– Slide the window guide -4- into the door -3- -arrow c-.
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Press the seal onto the flange -arrow d-. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Tightening Specifications
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Component Tightening Specifications
AG.

Trim bolt 2 Nm

160 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench -V.A.G 1331-
♦ Socket -3410-
♦ Application Roller -3356-
♦ Trim Removal Wedge -3409-
♦ Hot Air Gun -V.A.G 1416-
♦ Adhesive Remover -VAS 6349-

♦ Door Adjusting Wrench -3320-


♦ Joint -3320/1-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ Box Wrench -3320/2-y Volksw not
gu
b ara
ed
♦ Box Wrench -3320/3-
horis nte
eo
t
au ra
♦ Adjusting Gauge
ss -3371- c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Special Tools 161


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

♦ 15 mm Open Ring Spanner -T10344-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

162 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

60 – Sunroof
1 Description and Operation
⇒ “1.1 Installation Unit Overview ”, page 163
Volkswagen AG
⇒ “1.2 Operating without Electricity”,swpage
agen 164
AG. does
k not
Vol gu
⇒ “1.3 Panel Seal, Adjusting”, by
d page 164 ara
e nte
ris
ho eo
⇒ “1.4 Parallel Movement,
au Checking”, page
t 165 ra
c
ss
⇒ “1.5 Parallel Movement, Adjusting”, page 165

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

⇒ “1.6 Sunroof Glass Panel Drive Zero Position, Adjusting”, page

y li
rm

ab
165
pe

ility
ot

⇒ “1.7 Sunroof with Glass Panel Function”, page 166

wit
, is n

h re
hole

⇒ “1.8 Sunroof with Glass Panel Overview”, page 167

spec
es, in part or in w

⇒ “1.9 Sunroof Glass Panel Height, Adjusting”, page 168

t to the co
⇒ “1.10 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning”, page 169
⇒ “1.11 Wind Deflector, Adjusting”, page 171

rrectness of i
1.1 Installation Unit Overview
l purpos

nform
ercia

1 - Installation Unit
m

a
❑ Removing and instal‐
com

tio
ling, refer to

n in
r
te o

⇒ “3.2 Installation Unit”,


thi
s
iva

page 176 .
do
r
rp

cum
fo

2 - Bolt
en
ng

t.
yi Co
❑ 8 Nm . Cop py
rig
ht
❑ Quantity: 12 rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
3 - Connector cted agen
Prote AG.

4 - Connections for Water


Drain Hoses
5 - Sunroof Drive Motor
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.8 Sunroof Glass
Panel Drive”,

1. Description and Operation 163


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

page 181 .

1.2 Operating without Electricity

Note

If there is a malfunction in the electrical system, the sunroof and


glass panel motor can be moved using a hex wrench.

– Illumination and control unit, removing, refer to ⇒ Electrical


Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Removal and Installation .
– Guide hex wrench in bolt of drive motor.
– Push wrench upward -arrow- to release the drive motor.
The screw can be pushed in a few wagmillimeters
en AG. V -a-. Thedosunroof
olkswagen AG
es n
glass panel can be moved bonly
olksin this position. ot g
yV u ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

1.3 Panel Seal, Adjusting


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Roller -3356-
rrectne

♦ Trim Removal Wedge -3409-


s

– Using a strip of cardboard about 0.3 mm thick, for example, a


s o

business card, check if pretension between panel seal -2- and


cial p

f in

body is even all around. Cardboard should slide between pan‐


form
mer

el seal and roof frame with firm resistance.


atio
m

– Removing sunroof glass panel, refer to


o

n
c

i
or

⇒ “3.6 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 180 .


thi
te

sd
va

– If pretension is insufficient, the panel seal -2- can be pressed


i

o
pr

cum
r

open with a -3409- -1-.


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– If the pretension is excessive, press the panel seal -1- closed


around circumference using -3356- .

164 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.4 Parallel Movement, Checking


– Removing sunroof glass panel, refer to
⇒ “3.6 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 180 .
Marking -arrow- on upper part of rear guide -1- must be located
on both sides between markings dimension -a-aat nslotted
AG. Volkguide
swagen AG
w ge does
rail -2-. Volks not
g by ua
ed ran
Link guide -2- must be engaged in hguide
ris rail (cannot be moved tee
by hand). ut o or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1.5 Parallel Movement, Adjusting

rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

The parallel movement adjustment can only be performed with


removed drive motor and glass panel (in zero position).

nform
mercia

a
– Remove drive motor for sunroof glass panel, refer to
com

tion in
⇒ “3.8 Sunroof Glass Panel Drive”, page 181 .
r
te o

thi
Marking -arrow- on upper part of rear guide -1- must be located

s
iva

do
r

on both sides between markings dimension -a- at slotted guide


rp

cum
fo

rail -2-.
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Link guide -2- must be engaged in guide rail (cannot be moved C py
t. rig
by hand).
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Slide upper part of guide -1- at left and right centered between cted agen
Prote AG.
the markings.
– Install drive motor (zero position) in this position.
• Then check the zero position.

1.6 Sunroof Glass Panel Drive Zero Posi‐


tion, Adjusting
Adjustment of zero position may be necessary if the drive motor
was removed while not in zero position or the glass panel of sun‐
roof was closed or opened via emergency operation.
The drive motor is removed but the electrical wires are connected.
– Move control knob to “roof opened” position.
– Move automatic control knob to “roof closed” position.
– Move automatic rotary switch to “roof tilted” position.
– Move automatic control knob to “roof closed” position.
– Install drive motor in this position (zero position) with sunroof
glass panel closed.

1. Description and Operation 165


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

• Drive motor for glass panel of sunroof is in zero position when


a white dot can be seen in the opening -arrow- of drive motor.

1.7 Sunroof with Glass Panel Function


Meritor Sunroof
All moving functions of sunroof with glass panel can be performed
with ignition switched on.
After the ignition is switched off, these functions are available until
the driver or passenger door is opened.
The opening of glass panel for sliding and tilt position is pre-se‐
lected using the rotary knob.
On the rotary knob, there are markings for preset sliding and tilt
positions of the glass panel.
Opening the sunroof in the so-called comfort position prevents
most driving noise which may occur when open completely.
Switch for Automatic Preset wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
lks ot g
Vo
The sunroof with glass panel has pinch ed protection. The glass
b y ua
ran
panel runs in the opposite directionthoifr it runs into an obstruction
is tee
during the closing or opening procedure
s au from the tilt or sliding or
ac
position. s
ce
le
un

pt

There is also an emergency close feature. If there are problems


an
d
itte

y li

closing, sunroof with glass panel can be forced closed by pressing


rm

ab

the pre-selector, which must be located in the “sunroof closed”


pe

ility

position.
ot

wit
, is n

h re

For the emergency close function, the closing force limit is deac‐
hole

spec

tivated.
es, in part or in w

t to the co

The drive motor for sunroof with glass panel is protected against
overheating via a running time limit. The locking mechanism ac‐
tivates after an uninterrupted operation of approximately. two
rrectness of i

minutes.
l purpos

If there is a malfunction in the electrical system, the sunroof and


glass panel motor can be moved using a hex wrench. The hex
wrench is located in a holder on the back side of the headliner
nform
ercia

near the cutout for the rear light unit.


m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

166 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1.8 Sunroof with Glass Panel Overview


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
1 - Sunroof Glass Panel d byV gu
ara
ise nte
r
One-Piece Safety Glass ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
❑ Sunroof glass panel, re‐

ce
e
nl
moving and installing,

pt
du

an
refer to

itte

y li
erm
⇒ “3.6 Sunroof Glass

ab
ility
Panel”, page 180 .

ot p

wit
, is n
❑ Sunroof glass panel, ad‐

h re
justing, refer to hole

spec
⇒ “1.9 Sunroof Glass
es, in part or in w

Panel Height, Adjust‐

t to the co
ing”, page 168 .
2 - Panel Seal

rrectness of i
❑ Adjusting panel seal, re‐
l purpos

fer to
⇒ “1.3 Panel Seal, Ad‐
justing”, page 164 .

nf
ercia

o
❑ Seal joint at center in

rm
m

rear area.

atio
om

n in
❑ Panel Seal, Replacing,
or c

thi
refer to
te

sd
a

⇒ “3.3 Panel Seal, Re‐


iv

o
r
rp

cu
placing”, page 178 .
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
3 - Sun Shade
Co
Cop py
. rig
❑ Sun shade, removing
ht ht
rig by
py
and installing, refer to co Vo
by lksw
⇒ “3.7 Sun Shade”,
cted agen
Prote AG.
page 181 .
4 - Bolt
❑ 1.8 Nm
❑ Screws are microen‐
capsulated and must al‐
ways be replaced after
removing.
❑ Quantity: 4
5 - Spring Glider
❑ Attached to the sun visor.
❑ Quantity: 4
❑ can be replaced separately.
6 - Bellows
❑ For covering slotted guide rail.
7 - Water Channel
8 - Guide Locking Hook
❑ removed together with slotted rail.
9 - End Piece, Upper Part
❑ Clipped to lower part of end piece.
10 - End Piece, Lower Part
❑ Can be replaced separately.
❑ Use a -AKL 450 005 05- for sealing.
11 - Installation Unit
❑ Removing and installing installation unit. Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Installation Unit”, page 176 .

1. Description and Operation 167


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
❑ If necessary use special grease G 000 450 02 exclusively to grease guide channels, otherwise the func‐
tions cannot be guaranteed.
12 - Bolt
❑ 3.5 Nm
❑ Screws are microencapsulated and
AG. Volmust
kswagealways
n AG d be replaced after removing.
agen oes
ksw
❑ quantity: 3 by
Vol not
gu
a d ran
se
13 - Emergency Operation
ho
ri Hex Key tee
aut or
ac
❑ The hex wrench
ss the emergency operation has been discontinued. Use a commercially available hex
wrench.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

14 - Electrical Drive Motor

y li
erm

ab
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.8 Sunroof Glass Panel Drive”, page 181 .

ility
ot p

wit
❑ Drive Motor, Neutral Position, Adjusting, refer to
is n

h re
⇒ “1.6 Sunroof Glass Panel Drive Zero Position, Adjusting”, page 165 .
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

15 - Spring

t to the co
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ To open wind deflector.

rrectne
❑ Clipped inside the wind deflector and cannot be replaced individually.
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.10 Wind Deflector”, page 182 .

ss
16 - Wind Deflector

o
cial p

f in
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.10 Wind Deflector”, page 182 .

form
mer

❑ Adjusting, refer to ⇒ “1.11 Wind Deflector, Adjusting”, page 171 .


atio
om

❑ The adjustable wind deflector should not be retrofitted. n


c

i
or

n thi
e

❑ Some wind deflectors have balance weights. This can be retrofitted.


t

sd
iva

o
pr

17 - Wind Deflector Bearing


um
r
fo

en
ng

❑ Quantity: 2
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ Clipped inside the wind deflector and cannot be replaced individually.
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.10 Wind Deflector”, page 182 .
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
18 - Front Guide
AG.

❑ Can be slid individually out of guide rail.


19 - Rear Guide, Lower Part
❑ Removed together with slotted guide rail.
20 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
❑ TORX T25
❑ 3 pieces per side
21 - Slotted Guide Rail
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “3.5 Slotted Guide Rail”, page 179 .
22 - Spacer
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “3.5 Slotted Guide Rail”, page 179 .

1.9 Sunroof Glass Panel Height, Adjusting

Note

The glass panel height adjustment is to be performed after the


glass panel has been closed out of sliding position.

Zero position of glass panel for sunroof OK.

168 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove the bellow.


– Loosen mounting bolts -1- for glass panel of sunroof -2-.
– Drive sunroof glass panel into position “open”.
– Drive sunroof glass panel into position “closed”.
– Perform height adjustment for glass panel for sunroof at front
and rear on both sides as follows:

Front Panel Adjustment:


-a- = 0 to 1 mm lower than roof
-arrow- = driving direction
– Tighten front bolts to 5 Nm.

Rear Panel Adjustment:


-b- = 0 to 1 mm higher than roof
-arrow- = driving direction
– First tighten center, then rear bolts to 5 Nm.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
Note rised ara
nte
ho eo
aut ra
♦ To achieve the best possiblesexterior optical characteristics,
s c
make sure that the adjustment on left and right sides is per‐
ce
le
un

pt

formed as evenly (symmetrically) as possible.


an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab

♦ Glass panel must not be higher than roof at any point at front
pe

ility

or lower than roof at any point at rear.


ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Install bellows.
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

1.10 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning


Special tools and workshop equipment required
rrectness of i

♦ Cleaning and Pulling Tool -VAS 6620-


l purpos

Front Water Drain Hoses


nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 169


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
The front water drain hoses run through the A-pillars and end at
yi Co
op
the bulkhead crossmember. Cleaning is performed at cut out for
C py
t. rig
gh
sunroof.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Rear Water Drain Hoses
cted agen
Prote AG.

170 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

The rear water drain hoses run through the C-pillars and end in
the rear wheel housings. Cleaning is performed in the wheel
housing, but the wheel housing liner must be removed.

1.11 Wind Deflector, Adjusting


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Special Hook -3370-

1. Description and Operation 171


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Insert -3370- between roof edge and wind deflector bearing


-2-.
– Pull wind deflector bearing -2- out of side locking mechanism
of left and right guide rails using -3370- in
-direction of arrow a-.
– Slide wind deflector -1- parallel into guide rails -arrow b- until
dimension -c- is adjusted between 0.3 mm and 1.3 mm.
– Press wind deflector bearing -2- into guide rails.

Note
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
Vo ot g
Wind deflector bearing must engage in guide rails audibly.d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

172 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2 Specifications
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Installation unit bolts 8 Nm
Mounting bolt 4.5 Nm
Sunroof drive motor bolt 3.5 Nm

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Specifications 173
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3 Removal and Installation


⇒ “3.1 Bellows”, page 174
⇒ “3.2 Installation Unit”, page 176
⇒ “3.3 Panel Seal, Replacing”, page 178
⇒ “3.4 Rear Guide and Guide Catch”, page 178
⇒ “3.5 Slotted Guide Rail”, page 179 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
⇒ “3.6 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 180 d by Vo gu
ara
rise nte
⇒ “3.7 Sun Shade”, page 181 utho eo
ra
s a c
⇒ “3.8 Sunroof Glass Panel Drive”, page 181 s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

⇒ “3.9 Sunroof Glass Panel Rotary Switch”, page 182

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
⇒ “3.10 Wind Deflector”, page 182

ility
ot p

wit
3.1 Bellows
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Removing
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Slide sun shade toward rear.

174 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Tilt open sunroof glass panel.


– Remove the bellows -1- from the pins -4- -arrows a-.
– Remove the bellow -1- from the front mounting on the slotted
guide rail guide -5- -arrow b-.
– Pull the bellow -1- forward in the guide -3- -arrow c-.
– Remove the bellow -1- -arrow d-.
Installation

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Slide sun shade toward rear.


– Tilt open sunroof glass panel.
– First guide the back of the bellow -1- into the mounting -3-
-arrow a-.
– Slide the bellow -1- slightly to the rear -arrow b-.
– Clip the bellow -1- into the lower section of the slotted guide
rail guide and into the front mount -5- -arrow c-.
– Clip the bellow -1- onto the fasteners -4- in the slotted guide
rail guide -arrows d-.

3. Removal and Installation 175


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
3.2 Installation yUnit a does
ksw not
Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
WARNING
au ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl

Only remove and install drive motor for sunroof glass panel

pt
du

an
when roof is closed (zero position).
itte

y li
erm

ab
Requirements for removing and installing the drive: the engine

ility
ot p

and the ignition must be off, remove the key and open the door.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Removing

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove headliner, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;


Removal and Installation .
– Disconnect water drain hoses -4- from installation unit -1-.
– Disconnect harness connector -3- from drive motor of glass
panel for sunroof -5-.
– Remove bolts -2- and remove installation unit -1- from vehicle
with a second mechanic.
Installation

176 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li

– With a second mechanic, insert installation unit -1- into roof


erm

ab

cutout.
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– During installation, align installation unit -1- via two cylindrical


h re

pins (reversed drill bit) 12 mm at right front -arrow- and 10 mm


hole

spec

left rear -arrow- in roof.


es, in part or in w

t to the co

Installation unit must not make contact with roof frame.


– Insert bolts -2-.
rrectness of i

– Check wires and harness connectors for electrical consumers


at roof for correct routing and reproduce if necessary.
l purpos

– Firmly bolt (8 Nm) installation unit -1- of drive motor for sunroof
-5- beginning at left and right toward rear.
nform
ercia

– Install water drain hoses -4-.


m

at
om

ion
c

– Connect harness connector -3- for drive motor of glass panel


in t
or

for sunroof -5-.


his
ate

do
riv

– Install headliner. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Re‐


p

cum
for

moval and Installation .


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Tightening Specifications
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
Component Tightening Specifications
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installation unit bolts 8 Nm

3. Removal and Installation 177


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Golf 2009 ➤ Volksw
oes
not
by gu
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011 ised ara
nte
or eo
h
ut ra
3.3 Panel Seal, Replacing s a c
s

ce
le
un

pt
– Removing sunroof glass panel, refer to

an
d
itte

y li
⇒ “3.6 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 180 .

erm

ab
ility
ot p
– Pull off seal -1- from glass panel for sunroof -2-.

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

– Pull new seal -1- at rear panel edge in center, beginning from

n
c

i
or

n
bottom to top, onto glass panel for sunroof -2-.

thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Note

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Coat the edge of the panel with soapy water to make it easier
gh ht
yri by
to install the seal.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ If the seal is not correctly installed, the seal surface is wavy.
♦ Panel seal must be shortened corresponding to the panel cir‐
cumference.

– Installing sunroof glass panel, refer to


⇒ “3.6 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 180 .
– Adjusting panel seal, refer to
⇒ “1.3 Panel Seal, Adjusting”, page 164 .

3.4 Rear Guide and Guide Catch

Note

Always replace guides with cable as a pair.

Removing
– Removing sunroof glass panel, refer to
⇒ “3.6 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 180 .
– Removing installation unit, refer to
⇒ “3.2 Installation Unit”, page 176 .
– Remove drive motor for sunroof glass panel, refer to
⇒ “3.8 Sunroof Glass Panel Drive”, page 181 .
– Remove slotted guide rail. Refer to
⇒ “3.5 Slotted Guide Rail”, page 179 .

178 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Using a screwdriver, carefully disengage rain channel -1- in


-direction of arrow- on both sides at bearing on guide retaining
tabs -2- and remove rain channel.

– Disengage clip mechanism -arrows- of upper end piece -1-


from lower end piece -2- using a screw driver and pull upper
end piece off.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
o lksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
o
– Slide lower part of rear guide -1- in -direction
auth of arrow- in guide eo
ra
rail -3- until the lock mechanism of guide
ss catch -2- is released. c

ce
e
nl

pt
– Pull lower part of rear guide -1- and guide catch -2- together
du

an
itte

in -direction of arrow- out of guide rail -3-.

y li
erm

ab
ility
Installation
ot p

wit
, is n

To install, perform the steps used for removal in reverse order.

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

3.5 Slotted Guide Rail


Removing
nf
ercia

orm

– Removing sunroof glass panel, refer to


m

atio
m

⇒ “3.6 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 180 .


o

n in
or c

– Using a screwdriver, unclip spacer -2- at front of slotted guide


thi
te

sd
a

rail -1- and retaining hooks -arrows- at rear of guide.


iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

– Pull spacer -2- in -direction of arrow- out of slotted guide rail


f

en
ng

t.
-1- and guide retaining hook.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 179


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Fold up slotted guide rail -1- in -direction of arrow-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
– Slide front guide -2- toward front and pull out slotted guide rail
es, in part or in w

t to the co
-1- in -direction of arrow- from front guide -2-.
Installation

rrectness of i
To install, perform the steps used for removal in reverse order.
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

3.6 Sunroof Glass Panel

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Removing t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Remove bellows.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove mounting bolts -1- on left and right sides.
– Remove glass panel for sunroof -2- upward.

WARNING

Slotted guide rail must not be driven into “opened” position with
sunroof glass panel removed because the rain channel is no
longer pressed down by the glass panel and may be wedged
in roof.

Installing
• The panel must be installed in the neutral position (panel
closed).
Neutral Position:

Marking -arrow- on upper part of rear guide -1- must be located


on both sides between markings dimension -a- at slotted guide
rail -2-.
Link guide -2- must be engaged in guide rail (cannot be moved
by hand).
If this is not the case, adjust parallel movement. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Parallel Movement, Adjusting”, page 165 .

180 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Insert glass panel for sunroof -2- from above and screw in
mounting bolts -1-.
– Tighten mounting bolts -1- lightly.
– Adjusting glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment). Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Sunroof Glass Panel Height, Adjusting”, page 168 .

Note
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
♦ Tighten bolts after panel height adjustment (4.5 Nm).
yV
olks ot g
ua
b
ed ran
♦ Install bellows after panel height adjustment.
tho
ris tee
or
au ac
ss
Tightening Specifications

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

Component Tightening Specifications

y li
erm

ab
Mounting bolt 4.5 Nm

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
3.7 Sun Shade
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Removing
– Remove the glass panel. Refer to
⇒ “3.6 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 180 .

rrectness of i
– Slide sun shade slightly toward rear.
l purpos

– Remove the front screw -arrow- on the left and right side. Slide
the spring glider forward over the stop -1-.

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
– Slide sun shade forward and lift sun shade slightly over the
Prote AG.

roof cutout and out.


– Remove the rear screws -arrow- on the left and right side. Slide
the spring glider to the rear and remove the sun visor -1-.
Installation
To install, perform the steps used for removal in reverse order.
• Then perform a function test.

3.8 Sunroof Glass Panel Drive


Removing
– Remove the lamps and the controls. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Removal and Installation .

3. Removal and Installation 181


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Changing motor - detection of preselector switch:


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
Note d by ara
rise nte
tho eo
u ra
♦ In order to interrupt the release signal and thereby to activate
ss a c
switch detection, the conditions described below must be met.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
♦ If this is not the case, it may lead to the drive motor incorrectly

itte

y li
detecting the preset switch and the selected position is not

rm

ab
pe

ility
reached. If this happens, it must be realized that glass panel

ot
will remain stationary at a closed switch position approximate‐

wit
, is n

h re
ly 10 cm (4 inches) short of the actual closing position.

hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
WARNING

Only remove and install drive motor for sunroof glass panel

rrectness of i
when roof is closed (zero position).
l purpos

Requirements for removing and installing the drive: the engine


and the ignition must be off, remove the key and open the door.

nform
mercia

a
com

t
– Switch off engine and ignition, remove key and open door.

ion in
r
te o

• This state must be maintained up to installation of the drive

thi
s
iva

motor.

do
r
rp

cum
fo

– Remove bolts -arrows- and pull off drive motor for sunroof.

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Disconnect harness connector for drive motor of sunroof. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Installation cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
• The bolts for the sunroof drive motor are microencapsulated
AG.

and must always be replaced 3.5 Nm.


To install, perform the steps used for removal in reverse order.
– After installation has been performed, key can be reinserted
into lock cylinder of ignition/starter switch.
• Then perform a function test.
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Sunroof drive motor bolt 3.5 Nm

3.9 Sunroof Glass Panel Rotary Switch


– Remove automatic rotary switch for sunroof glass panel, refer
to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Removal and Instal‐
lation .

3.10 Wind Deflector


Special tools and workshop equipment required

182 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

♦ Special Hook -3370-


Removing
– Open sunroof glass panel completely. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
– Press wind deflector with height stopseoutd of front roof opening
b ua
ran
and tilt wind deflector open vertically.
tho
ir tee
or
au ac
– Insert special tool -3370- between roof edge and wind deflec‐
ss

ce
e
tor bearing -arrow-.

nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
– Pull wind deflector bearing out of side locking mechanism of erm

ab
left and right guide rails using special tool -3370- in

ility
ot p

-direction of arrow-.

wit
, is n

h re
– Remove wind deflector upward from guide rail.
hole

spec
Installation
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Insert wind deflector into guide rail and slide wind deflector
with height stop under front roof opening at left and right sides.

rrectness of i
– Using light pressure, press wind deflector bearing into guide
rails.
l purpos

nf
ercia

Note

orm
m

atio
m

Wind deflector bearing must engage in guide rails audibly.


o

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 183


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Roller -3356-
♦ Special Hook -3370-
♦ Torque Wrench -V.A.G 1783-
♦ Trim Removal Wedge -3409-
♦ Cleaning and Pulling Tool -VAS 6620-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

184 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

63 – Bumpers
1 General Information
⇒ “1.1 Front Bumper Cover”, page 185
⇒ “1.2 Rear Bumper Cover”, page 185

1.1 Front Bumper Cover

Note

If the bumper cover is damaged, first determine if it is possible to


repair the plastic before installing a new cover.

1.2 Rear Bumper Cover

Note

If the rear bumper cover is damaged, first determine if it is possible


to repair the plastic before installing a new cover.

Note

Slight changes may have to be made to removal and installation


procedures of rear bumper cover, depending upon equipment in‐
stalled in vehicle.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. General Information 185


AG. Volkswagen AG d
Golf 2009 ➤ ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
db
y gu
ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
2 Description and Operation
s s c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
⇒ “2.1 Front Bumper Overviews”, page 186

itte

y li
erm

ab
⇒ “2.2 Front Bumper Overviews, GTI”, page 189

ility
ot p

wit
is n

⇒ “2.3 Front Bumper Overviews, Golf R ”, page 192

h re
ole,

spec
⇒ “2.4 Front Bumper Carrier Overview”, page 194
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
⇒ “2.5 Side Guide Overview”, page 195
⇒ “2.6 Rear Bumper Cover”, page 196

rrectne
⇒ “2.7 Rear Bumper Overviews, GTI”, page 198
⇒ “2.8 Rear Bumper Overviews, Golf R”, page 200

ss o
cial p

f
⇒ “2.9 Rear Bumper Cover Substructure Overview”, page 202

inform
mer

⇒ “2.10 Rear Bumper Carrier Overview”, page 203

atio
m

⇒ “2.11 Trailer Hitch Overview”, page 204


o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

2.1 Front Bumper Overviews


t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

⇒ “2.1.1 Front Bumper Cover Overview”, page 186

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “2.1.2 Front Bumper Cover Attachments”, page 188 C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
2.1.1 Front Bumper Cover Overview
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

Slight changes may have to be made to removal and installation


procedures of front bumper cover, depending upon equipment
installed in vehicle.

186 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1 - Front Bumper Cover


❑ PP/EPDM material
2 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 2 Nm
❑ Attached to the lock car‐
rier
Volkswagen AG
3 - Bolt wage
n AG. does
olks not
❑ Tightening specifica‐ ed
by
V gu
ara
tion: 2 Nm horis nte
eo
ut
❑ Left and rightss a ra
c
❑ Pointing upward

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

4 - Bolt

y li
rm

ab
❑ 4 pieces per side
pe

ility
ot

wit
❑ Tightening specifica‐
, is n

h re
tion: 2 Nm
hole

spec
❑ Attached to the wheel
es, in part or in w

housing liner.

t to the co
5 - Side Marker Lamps
❑ Left and right

rrectness of i
❑ Not for all countries
l purpos

❑ Removing, refer to ⇒
Electrical Equipment;

nform
ercia

Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal


and Installation .
m

a
com

tio

6 - Bolt
n in
r
te o

thi

❑ Tightening specifica‐
s
iva

do

tion: 2 Nm
r
rp

cum
fo

❑ 2 pieces per side


en
ng

t.
yi Co
❑ Attached to the wheel Cop py
housing liner.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
7 - Bolt
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Tightening specification: 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
❑ Attached to the lock carrier.

2. Description and Operation 187


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.1.2 Front Bumper Cover Attachments

1 - Front Bumper Cover


❑ PP/EPDM material
2 - Support Piece
❑ Left for the headlamp
washer system
❑ Locked inside the front
bumper cover -1-.
❑ Remove only when
bumper cover -1- has
been removed.
3 - Spoiler Bracket
❑ Remove only when
bumper cover -1- has
been removed.
4 - Spoiler
❑ Remove only when
bumper cover -1- has n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
been removed. byV
o ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
5 - Center Vent Grille utho tee
or
a ac
6 - Side Air Grille ss

ce
le
un

pt
❑ Left
an
d
itte

❑ Pull forward out of the y li


erm

catch. ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

7 - Side Air Grille


h re
ole,

❑ Left for the fog lamp


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ Pull forward out of the


t to the co

catch.
8 - Decorative Ring
rrectne

❑ Left
❑ Depending on the ver‐
ss

sion of the fog lamp.


o
cial p

f in

9 - Decorative Trim Strip


form
mer

atio

Center air grille depending on the model -5-.


om

n
c

i
or

10 - License Plate Holder


thi
te

sd
va

❑ There are different sizes for different markets.


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

❑ Installing, refer to ⇒ “4.4 License Plate Holder”, page 223 .


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
11 - Clips C py
t. rig
gh ht
❑ Different quantity for mounting. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
12 - Decorative Ring
agen
Prote AG.

❑ Right
❑ Depending on the version of the fog lamp.
13 - Side Air Grille
❑ Right for the fog lamp.
❑ Pull forward out of the catch.
14 - Side Air Grille
❑ Right
❑ Pull forward out of the catch.

188 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

15 - Towing Eyelet Cap


❑ Locked inside the front bumper cover -1-.
16 - Support Piece
❑ Right for the headlamp washer system.
❑ Locked inside the front bumper cover -1-.
❑ Remove only when bumper cover -1- has been removed.

2.2 Front Bumper Overviews, GTI


⇒ “2.2.1 Bumper Cover Overview”, page 189
⇒ “2.2.2 Bumper Cover Attachments”, page 190

2.2.1 Bumper Cover Overview

1 - Front Bumper Cover


❑ PP/EPDM material
❑ Removing and installa‐
tion, refer to
⇒ “4.2.1 Front Bumper
Cover”, page 213 .
2 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Attached to the lock car‐
rier. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
w es n
olks ot g
3 - Bolt db
yV ua
ran
ise
❑ Tightening
ut
ho
r
specifica‐ tee
or
s ation: 2 Nm ac
s
❑ Left and right
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

❑ Pointing upward
itte

y li
erm

ab

4 - Bolt
ility
ot p

wit

❑ Tightening specifica‐
is n

h re

tion: 2 Nm
ole,

spec

❑ 4 pieces per side


urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

❑ Attached to the wheel


housing liner.
5 - Side Marker Lamps
rrectne

❑ Left and right


s

❑ Not for all countries


s o
cial p

❑ Removing, refer to ⇒
inform

Electrical Equipment;
mer

Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal


atio
m

and Installation .
o

n
c

i
or

n thi

6 - Bolt
te

sd
iva

❑ Tightening specifica‐
pr

cum
r
fo

tion: 2 Nm
en
ng

t.
yi Co
❑ 3 pieces per side t. Cop py
rig
❑ Attached to the wheel housing liner.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
7 - Bolt cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Tightening specification: 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4

2. Description and Operation 189


Golf 2009 ➤ AG. Volkswagen AG d
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011 agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
❑ Attached to the lock carrier. horis nte
eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
2.2.2 Bumper Cover Attachments

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot
1 - Front Bumper Cover

wit
, is n

h re
❑ PP/EPDM material

hole

spec
❑ Removing and instal‐

es, in part or in w
ling, refer to

t to the co
⇒ “4.2.1 Front Bumper
Cover”, page 213 .

rrectness of i
2 - Support Piece
l purpos

❑ Left for the headlamp


washer system
❑ Locked inside the front

nform
ercia

bumper cover -1-.


m

a
com

t
❑ Remove only when

ion in
bumper cover -1- has
r
te o

thi
been removed.

s
iva

do
❑ Removing and instal‐
r
rp

cum
fo

ling, refer to

en
ng

t.
⇒ “4.2.2 Inner Assembly
yi Co
op
Components”,
C py
ht. rig
page 216 .
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
3 - Assembly Piece
agen
Prote AG.

❑ Left for the fog lamp.


❑ Locked inside the front
bumper cover -1-.
❑ Remove only when
bumper cover -1- has
been removed.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “4.2.2 Inner Assembly
Components”,
page 216 .
4 - Spoiler Bracket
❑ Remove only when
bumper cover -1- has
been removed.
❑ Not on all models
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “4.2.3 Front Spoiler”, page 217 .
5 - Lower Part of Spoiler
❑ Remove only when bumper cover -1- has been removed.
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “4.2.3 Front Spoiler”, page 217 .
6 - Bracket
❑ Remove only when bumper cover -1- has been removed.
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “4.2.3 Front Spoiler”, page 217 .
7 - Upper Part of Spoiler
❑ Threaded in and latched.
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “4.2.3 Front Spoiler”, page 217 .
8 - Side Air Grille
❑ Left
❑ Remove only when bumper cover -1- has been removed.

190 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

9 - License Plate Holder


❑ Installing, refer to ⇒ “4.2.4 License Plate Holder”, page 219 .
10 - Clips
❑ It is possible to have a different number of clips.
11 - Side Air Grille
❑ Right
❑ Remove only when bumper cover -1- has been removed
12 - Center Air Grille Trim
❑ Remove only when bumper cover -1- has been removed
13 - Center Vent Grille
❑ Remove only when bumper cover -1- has been removed
AG. Volkswagen AG d
14 - Towing Eyelet Cap lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
❑ Locked inside the front bumper cover -1-. d by ara
rise nte
o eo
15 - Assembly Piece auth
ra
ss c
❑ Right for the fog lamp

ce
le
un

pt
❑ Locked inside the front bumper cover -1-.

an
d
itte

y li
❑ Remove only when bumper cover -1- has been removed
erm

ab
ility
ot p

❑ Removing and Installing, refer to ⇒ “4.2.2 Inner Assembly Components”, page 216

wit
is n

h re
16 - Support Piece
ole,

spec
❑ Right for the headlamp washer system
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
❑ Locked inside the front bumper cover -1-.
❑ Remove only when bumper cover -1- has been removed
❑ Removing and Installing, refer to ⇒ “4.2.2 Inner Assembly Components”, page 216

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 191


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.3 Front Bumper Overviews, Golf R


⇒ “2.3.1 Bumper Cover Overview, Golf R ”, page 192
⇒ “2.3.2 Bumper Cover Attachments”, page 193

2.3.1 Bumper Cover Overview, Golf R

1 - Front Bumper Cover


❑ PP/EPDM material
❑ Removing, refer to
⇒ “4.3.1 Front Bumper
Cover”, page 220 .
❑ Installing, refer to
⇒ page 221 .
2 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 2 Nm agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ Quantity: 2 d byV
o gu
ara
e nte
❑ Attached to the lock car‐
thoris
eo
rier. s au ra
cs

ce
e

3 - Bolt
nl

pt
du

an
❑ Tightening specifica‐
itte

y li
erm

tion: 2 Nm

ab
ility
ot p

❑ Left and right

wit
, is n

h re
❑ Pointing upward
hole

spec
4 - Bolt
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 2 Nm
❑ 4 on each side
rrectness of i

❑ Attached to the wheel


l purpos

housing liner.
5 - Bolt
nform
ercia

❑ Tightening specifica‐
m

tion: 2 Nm
at
om

ion

❑ 3 on each side
c

in t
or

his
e

❑ With the wheel housing


at

do
riv

liner installed from un‐


p

cum
or

derneath.
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
6 - Bolt ht. Cop py
rig
❑ Tightening specification: 2 Nm rig ht
py by
co Vo
lksw
❑ Quantity: 4
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ With the lock carrier installed from underneath.

192 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.3.2 Bumper Cover Attachments


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
1 - Front Bumper Cover olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
❑ PP/EPDM material orise nte
eo
h
ut
❑ Removing, refer to ss a ra
c
⇒ “4.3.1 Front Bumper

ce
e
nl
Cover”, page 220 .

pt
du

an
itte

y li
❑ Installing, refer to
erm

ab
⇒ page 221 .

ility
ot p

wit
2 - Support Piece
, is n

h re
hole

❑ Left for the headlamp

spec
washer system.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “4.3.2 Support”,

rrectness of i
page 222 .
l purpos

3 - Cover
❑ For the headlamp wash‐
er system.

nf
ercia

orm
m

4 - Spoiler Bracket

atio
om

❑ Remove only when

n in
or c

bumper cover -1- has

thi
te

sd
a

been removed.
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
5 - Spoiler
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
❑ Remove only when Cop py
bumper cover -1- has ht. rig
rig ht
been removed.
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
6 - Parking Aid Sensor
Prote AG.

❑ Left
❑ Not applicable to the
NAR market.
7 - End Plate
❑ Left
❑ Remove only when
bumper cover -1- has been removed.
8 - Vent Grille
❑ Left
❑ Remove only when bumper cover -1- has been removed.
9 - License Plate Holder
❑ There are different sizes for different markets
❑ Installing, refer to ⇒ “4.2.4 License Plate Holder”, page 219 .
10 - Clips
❑ Quantity: 4
11 - Vent Grille
❑ Right
❑ Remove only when bumper cover -1- has been removed.
12 - End Plate
❑ Right
❑ Remove only when bumper cover -1- has been removed.
13 - Parking Aid Sensor
❑ Right

2. Description and Operation 193


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
❑ Not applicable to the NAR market.
14 - Center Vent Grille
❑ Remove only when bumper cover -1- has been removed.
❑ Engage in the front bumper cover -1-.
❑ Is also attached with 2 left and right metal clips.
15 - Towing Eyelet Cap
❑ Engage in the front bumper cover -1-.
16 - Cover
❑ For the headlamp washer system.
17 - Support Piece
❑ Right for the headlamp washer system.
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “4.3.2 Support”, page 222 .

2.4 Front Bumper Carrier Overview

1 - Front Bumper Carrier


2 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 60 Nm
❑ 4 pieces per side
3 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 8 Nm
❑ 2 pieces per side
4 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
tion: 8 Nm lkswage es n
o ot g
❑ Quantity: 2 byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
5 - Foam Piece auth or
ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

194 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.5 Side Guide Overview

Note

The illustration shows a left fender. The right fender is identical.

1 - Side Guide
❑ Left and right
2 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
3 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
4 - Expanding Nut
❑ Quantity: 2

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen

195
Prote AG.
2. Description and Operation
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.6 Rear Bumper Cover


⇒ “2.6.1 Rear Bumper Cover Overview”, page 196
⇒ “2.6.2 Rear Bumper Cover Attachments”, page 197

2.6.1 Rear Bumper Cover Overview

1 - Rear Bumper Cover


❑ PP/EPDM material
❑ For additional informa‐
tion regarding the park‐
ing aid, refer to ⇒ Elec‐
trical Equipment; Rep.
Gr. 94 ; Removal and agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Installation . olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
2 - Bolt rise nte
tho eo
u ra
❑ Tightening specifica‐ ss a c
tion: 2 Nm

ce
le
un

pt
an
❑ Left and right
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
❑ Attached to the wheel
pe

ility
housing liner.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
3 - Bolt
hole

spec
❑ Tightening specifica‐
es, in part or in w

tion: 2 Nm

t to the co
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Attached to the back

rrectness of i
panel.
l purpos

4 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
nform
ercia

tion: 2 Nm
❑ 3 pieces per side
m

a
com

tio

❑ Attached to the wheel


n in
r

housing liner.
te o

thi
s
iva

do

5 - Bolt
r
rp

cum
fo

❑ Tightening specifica‐
en
ng

t.
yi
tion: 2 Nm
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ Left and right opyri
gh by
Vo
ht

❑ Pointing upward
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Attached to the side
panel.

196 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.6.2 Rear Bumper Cover Attachments

1 - Rear Bumper Cover


❑ PP/EPDM material
2 - Right Rear Reflector
❑ Attached inside the rear
bumper cover.
❑ To be removed only with
rear bumper cover re‐
moved.
3 - Pop Rivet Nut
❑ 2 minimum
4 - License Plate Holder
5 - Spoiler
❑ Material PC/ABS
❑ Attached inside the rear
bumper cover.
❑ To be removed only with
rear bumper cover re‐
moved.
6 - Trailer Hitch Spoiler
❑ Material PC/ABS
❑ Attached inside the rear
bumper cover.
❑ To be removed only with
rear bumper cover re‐
moved.
7 - Towing Eyelet Cap
❑ Secured to spoiler AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
8 - Trailer Hitch Cover Cap d byV
o gu
ara
e nte
❑ Attached in the spoiler thoris
eo
-5-. s au ra
c
s
ce
le

9 - Clips
un

pt
an
d

❑ Different quantity is possible.


itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

10 - License Plate Lighting


ility
ot

wit

❑ Quantity: 2
, is n

h re
hole

❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal and Installation .


spec
es, in part or in w

11 - Left Rear Reflector


t to the co

❑ Attached inside the rear bumper cover.


❑ To be removed only with rear bumper cover removed.
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen

197
Prote AG.
2. Description and Operation
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.7 Rear Bumper Overviews, GTI


⇒ “2.7.1 Bumper Cover Overview”, page 198
⇒ “2.7.2 Bumper Cover Attachments”, page 199

2.7.1 Bumper Cover Overview

1 - Rear Bumper Cover


AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ PP/EPDM material ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
y gu
2 - Bolt ise
d b ara
nte
or
❑ Tightening specifica‐
auth eo
ra
tion: 2 Nm ss c

ce
e
nl

❑ 2 pieces per side

pt
du

an
itte

❑ Left and right

y li
erm

ab
❑ Attached to the wheel

ility
ot p

housing liner.

wit
, is n

h re
3 - Bolt
hole

spec
❑ Tightening specifica‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
tion: 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Attached to the back

rrectness of i
panel.
l purpos

4 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
nf
ercia

tion: 2 Nm orm
m

atio
❑ 3 pieces per side
om

n in
c

❑ Attached to the wheel


or

thi
e

housing liner.
t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

5 - Bolt
o

m
f

en
ng

❑ Tightening specifica‐
t.
yi Co
op
tion: 2 Nm C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Left and right p by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ Pointing upward
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Attached to the side
panel.

198 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.7.2 Bumper Cover Attachments


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
1 - Rear Bumper Cover byV
o ot g
ua
ed ran
❑ PP/EPDM thormaterial
is tee
or
au ac
2 - Bracket ss

ce
e
nl

❑ Right

pt
du

an
itte

y li
❑ Attaches the wheel
erm

ab
housing liner to the

ility
ot p

bumper cover.

wit
, is n

h re
3 - Bolt
hole

spec
❑ Tightening specifica‐
es, in part or in w

tion: 2 Nm

t to the co
❑ 2 pieces per side
4 - Right Rear Reflector

rrectness of i
❑ Attached inside the rear
l purpos

bumper cover.
❑ To be removed only with

nform
ercia

rear bumper cover re‐


moved.
m

at
om

io
5 - License Plate Lighting

n
c

in t
or

his
e

❑ Quantity: 2
at

do
riv

❑ Removing ⇒ Electrical
p

cum
or

Equipment; Rep. Gr.


f

en
ng

t.
yi
94 ; Removal and Instal‐
Co
op py
lation . t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
6 - Towing Eyelet Cap
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ Secured to spoiler.
AG.

7 - Trailer Hitch Cover Cap


❑ Attached in the spoiler
-5-.
8 - Spoiler
❑ Material PC/ABS
❑ Attached inside the rear
bumper cover.
❑ To be removed only with rear bumper cover removed.
9 - Clips
❑ Different quantity is possible.
10 - Pop Rivet Nut
❑ 2 minimum
11 - Left Rear Reflector
❑ Attached inside the rear bumper cover
❑ To be removed only with rear bumper cover removed.
12 - License Plate Holder
❑ Installing, refer to ⇒ “4.8 Rear Bumper License Plate Holder”, page 231 .
13 - Bracket
❑ Left
❑ Attaches the wheel housing liner to the bumper cover.
14 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification: 2 Nm

2. Description and Operation 199


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
❑ 2 pieces per side

2.8 Rear Bumper Overviews, Golf R


⇒ “2.8.1 Bumper Cover Overview”, page 200
⇒ “2.8.2 Bumper Cover Attachments”, page 201

2.8.1 Bumper Cover Overview

1 - Rear Bumper Cover


❑ PP/EPDM material
❑ Removing, refer to
⇒ “4.7 Rear Bumper
Cover, Golf R”,
page 228 .
❑ Installing, refer to
⇒ page 229 .
2 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 2 Nm
❑ Left and right
❑ Attached to the wheel
housing liner.
3 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Attached to the back
panel. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
4 - Bolt d by
Vo gu
ara
e nte
❑ Tightening specifica‐ horis
eo
tion: 2 Nm aut ra
ss c
❑ 3 on each side
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

❑ Attached to the wheel


itte

y li

housing liner.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

5 - Bolt
wit
, is n

h re

❑ Tightening specifica‐
hole

tion: 2 Nm
spec
es, in part or in w

❑ Left and right


t to the co

❑ Pointing upward
❑ Attached to the side
rrectness of i

panel.
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

200 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.8.2 Bumper Cover Attachments

1 - Rear Bumper Cover


❑ PP/EPDM material
❑ Removing, refer to
⇒ “4.7 Rear Bumper
Cover, Golf R”,
page 228 .
❑ Installing ⇒ page 229 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
2 - Right Adapter Volksw not
gu
by ara
❑ Connects the wheel rised
nte
housing liner with the aut
ho eo
ra
rear bumper cover. ss c

ce
e
nl
3 - Bracket

pt
du

an
itte

y li
❑ Right
erm

ab
ility
❑ Connects the spoiler
ot p

wit
with the back plate.
, is n

h re
hole

4 - License Plate Lamp

spec
es, in part or in w

❑ Left

t to the co
❑ Removing ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr.
94 ; Removal and Instal‐

rrectness of i
lation .
l purpos

5 - Right Rear Reflector


❑ Attached inside the rear

nform
ercia

bumper cover.
m

❑ To be removed only with

at
om

io
rear bumper cover re‐

n
c

in t
r

moved.
o

his
ate

do
riv

6 - Pop Rivet Nut


p

cum
or

❑ 2 minimum
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
7 - Spoiler
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Material PC/ABS p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
❑ Attached inside the rear
agen
Prote AG.
bumper cover.
❑ To be removed only with rear bumper cover removed.
8 - Towing Eyelet Cap
❑ Attached in the spoiler -5-.
9 - Heat Shield
❑ For the rear bumper cover.
❑ Attached in the rear spoiler with metal clips.
10 - Clips
❑ Different quantity is possible.
11 - License Plate Holder
❑ Installing, refer to ⇒ “4.8 Rear Bumper License Plate Holder”, page 231 .
12 - Left Rear Reflector
❑ Attached inside the rear bumper cover.
❑ To be removed only with rear bumper cover removed.
13 - License Plate Lamp
❑ Right

2. Description and Operation 201


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal and Installation .
14 - Bracket
❑ Right
❑ Connects the spoiler with the back plate.
15 - Left Adapter
❑ Connects the wheel housing liner with the rear bumper cover.

2.9 Rear Bumper Cover Substructure Overview

1 - Center Guide
2 - Guide Trim
❑ Right and left tail lamp
assembly
❑ Position with the tail AG. Volkswagen AG d
lamp assembly agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
3 - Expanding Nut rised
nte
ho eo
❑ Gas-tight s aut ra
c
s
❑ Right and left

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
DANGER!
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Check the gas-tight ex‐

wit
, is n

panding nuts for damage

h re
and replace if necessary.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

The expanding nuts seal

t to the co
off the passenger com‐
partment from exhaust
gas and must always be

rrectness of i
replaced if they are dam‐
l purpos

aged.

nform
ercia

4 - Guide Trim
m

❑ Right and left


at
om

ion
c

5 - Nut
in t
or

his
te

❑ Tightening specifica‐
a

do
riv

tion: 2 Nm
p

cum
for

en
g

❑ Quantity: 3 for both the


n

t.
yi Co
right and left sides t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
6 - Nut p by
o Vo
by c lksw
❑ Tightening specifica‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
tion: 2 Nm
❑ Right and left
7 - Screws
❑ Tightening specification: 2 Nm
❑ Right and left
8 - Nut
❑ Tightening specification: 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4

202 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.10 Rear Bumper Carrier Overview


The description also applies to Volkswagen Golf R

1 - Rear Bumper Carrier


2 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3 on right
❑ Quantity: 2 on left
3 - Foam Piece
❑ Attached to the rear
bumper carrier -1-
4 - Bracket
❑ Left and right
5 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion: 8 Nm
❑ 2 pieces per side

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
203
by c lksw
cted
2. Description and Operation
agen
Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.11 Trailer Hitch Overview

Note

♦ Due to model variations, small deviations must be considered during removal and installation.
♦ The tightening specifications only apply to factory-installed trailer hitches.
♦ If a different trailer hitch is installed, ask the manufacturer for the tightening specifications.

1 - Trailer Hitch
❑ Trailer hitch with remov‐
able ball head.
2 - Ball Head
❑ The removable ball
head is located in the left
luggage compartment
storage compartment. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
3 - Bolt d by Vo gu
ara
ise nte
❑ 20 Nm thor eo
u ra
❑ Gas-tight sealing threa‐ ss a c
ded connections

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
❑ Quantity: 3
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

DANGER!

wit
, is n

h re
The bolts are actually
hole

sealing threaded con‐

spec
es, in part or in w

nections and seal off the

t to the co
passenger compartment
from exhaust gas. They
must always be installed. rrectness of i
l purpos

4 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm + 90° additional
nf
ercia

turn
orm
m

❑ 2 pieces per side


atio
om

n in

❑ Always replace bolts af‐


or c

ter loosening them.


thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.12 Parking Aid Mount, Installing

2.12.1 Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required

204 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

♦ Assembly tool for PDC-mount -VAS 6614-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le

♦ Hand pressure pistol -VAS 5155-


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

2.12.2 Materials
m

a
com

tio
♦ 2K-Plastic-Adhesive -D 180 3) 1 4) 2

n in
r

K2 A1-
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r

♦ Bonding agent for plastic -D 1


rp

c
3)

um
fo

822 150 A1-


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Cleaning solution -D 009 401 1
. C
3)
t rig
gh ht
yri
04- p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Primer applicator

3) Follow the manufacturer instructions supplied in the packaging.


4) Observe minimum curing time
⇒ “2.12.4 Minimum Curing Time”, page 209 .

2.12.3 Mount, Installing

Note

After the bumper cover is painted, install the mount.

2. Description and Operation 205


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
The 4 markings for the mount -1- are found on the inside of the
bumper cover.
rrectness of i

– Determine the central point -2-, if not already present.


l purpos

– Drill the holes from inside outward with a tool set and supplied
drill -3-.
nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

206 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

– Position the stamping holes with the bolt head -1-, washer
ion in

-2- and counterholder-3- on the inside of the bumper cover


r
te o

thi

-5-.
s
iva

do
r
rp

– Remove the iron punch -4- up to the bumper cover.


um
fo

en
ng

t.
– Push the iron punch -4- on the bumper cover.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Tighten the hole stamper -1-.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

The iron punch -4- cannot rotate on the bumper cover paint.

– By turning on the bolt head-1-, the iron punch -4- is pulled


through the bumper cover material -5- -arrows-.
– Remove the hole stamper and stamp the next hole.
– Always clean the bumper cover and the mount thoroughly with
cleaning solution.

2. Description and Operation 207


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note

Apply no more that approximately 1 cm of adhesive to the top.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Lightly grind the inside of the bumper cover -6- and thoroughly
clean it.
– Thinly apply the bonding agent for the plastic to the bumper
rrectne

cover and mount and let it set for 10 minutes.


s

– Slide the mount -8- onto the centering drift -1- and push
s o

through the bumper cover -6-.


cial p

f inform

– Remove the counterholder -4- and lightly tighten the knurled


mer

nut -5-.
atio
om

n
c

– Remove the clamping clip -3- and position the knurled nut
i
or

n thi
e

-2-, do not tighten.


t

sd
iva

o
pr

– All the mounts are prepared in this way.


um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

208 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note

The adhesive cannot run up to the bend.

– Apply adhesive as shown in the illustration and tighten the


knurled nut -2-.
– Remove all of the centering drifts after the minimum curing
time, for minimum curing time refer to
⇒ “2.12.4 Minimum Curing Time”, page 209

2.12.4 Minimum Curing Time


Wait 30 minutes for the minimum curing time before performing
any further work on the bumper cover and the mount.
The bumper cover must stay in place and may not be moved dur‐
ing this time.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 209


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3 Specifications
Tightening Specifications
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
Component yV
o Tightening Specifications
lks es n
ot g
b ua
ed ran
Front bumper cover bolts
oris 2 Nm tee
th or
u
Front lower bumper
ss
a cover bolt 1.5 Nm ac

ce
le

Front spoiler bolt 2 Nm


un

pt
an
d
itte

Inner assembly bolt 2 Nm

y li
erm

ab
Rear bumper cover bolts 2 Nm

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

210 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4 Removal and Installation


⇒ “4.1 Front Bumper Cover”, page 211
⇒ “4.2 Front Bumper, GTI”, page 213
⇒ “4.3 Front Bumper, Golf R”, page 220 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
⇒ “4.4 License Plate Holder”, page 223 d by V gu
ara
ise nte
r
⇒ “4.5 Rear Bumper Cover”, page 224 ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
⇒ “4.6 Rear Bumper Cover, GTI”, page 226

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
⇒ “4.7 Rear Bumper Cover, Golf R”, page 228
itte

y li
erm

ab
⇒ “4.8 Rear Bumper License Plate Holder”, page 231

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

4.1 Front Bumper Cover

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove radiator grille.


– Remove the bolts -4-.
– Remove screws -2- (pointing upward) on the left and right
sides of the wheel housing.
– Remove the screws -3- from the wheel housing.

4. Removal and Installation 211


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove the screws -5- and -6- from underneath.


A second technician is required for the rest of the removal pro‐
cedure.
– Pull the front bumper cover -1- out of the guides on the left and
right sides of the fender -arrows a-.
– Remove the front -1- parallel -arrows b- from the vehicle. A
second technician is needed for this.
– Disconnect harness connectors of installed electrical compo‐
nents.
– Disconnect the hose coupling on the washer fluid hose. Refer
to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Removal and Instal‐
lation
Installation
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Install the front bumper cover -1- parallel -arrows a- onto the
lock carrier.
– Press the front bumper cover -1- onto the guides until it latches
-arrows b-.

212 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note

When installing front bumper cover, make sure it is guided on parallel on fender.

– Check the parallel alignment and the gap dimensions.


– Install the screws -2, 3, 4, 5, and 6- and tighten them to the
tightening specification.
– Install the radiator grille.
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Bolt 2 Nm
Bolt -6- 1.5 Nm

4.2 Front Bumper, GTI agen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
⇒ “4.2.1 Front Bumper Cover”, page 213 d by
V gu
ara
ise nte
r
⇒ “4.2.2 Inner Assembly Components”, page 216 aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
⇒ “4.2.3 Front Spoiler”, page 217

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
⇒ “4.2.4 License Plate Holder”, page 219
itte

y li
erm

ab
4.2.1 Front Bumper Cover

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Removing

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 213


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
– Remove radiator grille. utho
or
a ac
ss
– Remove the bolts -4-.
ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Remove screws -2- (pointing upward) on the left and right


an
itte

y li

sides of the wheel housing.


erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Remove the screws -3- from the wheel housing.


wit
, is n

h re

– Remove the screws -5- and -6- from underneath.


hole

spec

A second mechanic is required for the rest of the removal proce‐


es, in part or in w

t to the co

dure.
– Pull the front bumper cover -1- out of the guides on the left and
right sides of the fender -arrows a-.
rrectness of i

– Remove the front -1- parallel -arrows b- from the vehicle. A


l purpos

second technician is needed for this.


– Disconnect harness connectors of installed electrical compo‐
nform
ercia

nents.
m

at
om

– Disconnect the hose coupling on the washer fluid hose. Refer


ion
c

to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Removal and Instal‐


in t
or

his
e

lation
at

do
priv

Installing
um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by

214
co Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers cted agen
Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
– Install the front bumper cover -1- parallel -arrows a- onto the
ce
e
nl

pt
lock carrier.
du

an
itte

y li
erm

– Press the front bumper cover -1- onto the guides until it latches
ab
ility

-arrows b-.
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Note
es, in part or in w

t to the co

When installing front bumper cover, make sure it is guided on parallel on fender.
rrectness of i

– Check the parallel alignment and the gap dimensions.


l purpos

– Install the screws -2, 3, 4, 5, and 6- and tighten them to the


tightening specification.
nf
ercia

– Install the radiator grille.


orm
m

Tightening Specifications
atio
om

n in
or c

Component Tightening Specifications


thi
te

sd
iva

Bolt 2 Nm
o
r
rp

cu
o

Bolt -6- 1.5 Nm


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 215


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4.2.2 Inner Assembly Components

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing Support
– Remove the lift cylinder for the headlamp washer system. Re‐
fer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Removal and
Installation .
– Remove the bolts -3-.
– Loosen the catches -arrows- from the support.
Installing Support Piece
– Press the support -2- into the catches -arrows- in the bumper
cover -1-.
– Tighten the screws, tightening specification: 2 Nm.
Removing Assembly Part
– Remove the fog lamp. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.
Gr. 95 ; Removal and Installation
– Remove the bolts -3-.
– Loosen the catches on the assembly part.

216 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Installation
– Press the assembly part -4- securely into the catches inside
the bumper cover -1-.
– Tighten the screws, tightening specification: 2 Nm.
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Inner assembly bolt 2 Nm

4.2.3 Front Spoiler

Note

The front spoiler consists of several parts. The following describes removing the entire front spoiler. This is not
always necessary.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Remove the bolts -6-.
– Remove the spoiler upper section -5- and the support -4-.

4. Removal and Installation 217


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
Golf 2009 ➤ rised
nte
o eo
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011 aut
h
ra
ss c

ce
e
– Remove the spoiler lower section -2- from the catches

nl

pt
du

an
-arrows- inside the front bumper cover -1-.

itte

y li
erm

ab
Installation

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
– Check the spring nuts -3- inside the spoiler lower section and

h re
replace them if necessary.

hole

spec
es, in part or in w
– Press the spoiler lower section -2- securely into the catches

t to the co
inside the bumper cover -1-.
– Mount the spoiler upper section -5- and the support -4-.

rrectness of i
– Tighten bolts -6-, tightening specification: 2 Nm.
l purpos

Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications

nf
ercia

orm
Front spoiler bolt 2 Nm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

218 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes Golf 2009 ➤
olksw not
yV gu
ed b ara
nte
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
ris
ho eo
ut ra
4.2.4 License Plate Holder
s a c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Note
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
♦ The license plate holder can have different sizes depending on the market.
, is n

h re
hole

♦ The contour of the bumper cover determines the height of the license plate holder.

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ Drill 12 mm holes.

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

With Holes
– Place the license plate holder -2- on the front bumper cover
-3- and press the clips in -1-.
Without Holes
– Center the license plate holder -2- to the emblem -4- on the
front bumper cover -1-.
– Set the drill stop depth to 12 mm and drill the holes.
– Place the license plate holder -2- on the front bumper cover
-3- and press the clips in -1-.

4. Removal and Installation 219


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4.3 Front Bumper, Golf R


⇒ “4.3.1 Front Bumper Cover”, page 220
⇒ “4.3.2 Support”, page 222

4.3.1 Front Bumper Cover


Removing AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove radiator grille. Refer to


⇒ “4.7 Radiator Grille”, page 316 .
– Remove the bolts -4-.
– Remove screws -2- (pointing upward) on the left and right
sides of the wheel housing.
– Remove the screws -3- from the wheel housing.
– Remove the screws -5- and -6- from underneath.
A second mechanic is required for the rest of the removal proce‐
dure.
– Pull the front bumper cover -1- out of the guides on the left and
right sides of the fender -arrows a-.

220 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove the front -1- parallel -arrows b- from the vehicle. A


second technician is needed for this.
– Disconnect harness connectors of installed electrical compo‐
nents.
– Disconnect the hose coupling on the washer fluid hose. Refer
to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Removal and Instal‐
lation .
Installing

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

– Install the front bumper cover -1- parallel -arrows a- onto the
t.
yi Co
op
lock carrier. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Press the front bumper cover -1- onto the left and right guide
p by
co Vo
by lksw
on the fender until they lock onto each other -arrows b-. Prote
cted AG.
agen

Note

When installing front bumper cover, make sure it is guided on parallel on fender.

– Check the parallel alignment and the gap dimensions. Refer


to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Specifications .

4. Removal and Installation 221


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Install the bolts -2, 3, 4, 5, and 6- and tighten them to the tight‐
ening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.3.1 Bumper Cover Overview, Golf R ”, page 192 .
– Install the radiator grille. Refer to
⇒ “4.7 Radiator Grille”, page 316 .
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Bolts 2 Nm n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
4.3.2 Support d b ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing the Support


– Remove the lift cylinder for the headlamp washer system. Re‐
fer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Removal and
Installation .
– Remove the bolts -2-.
– Loosen the support retainers -arrows- -3- from the bumper
cover -1-.

222 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Installing Support Piece


– Press the support -3- into the catches -arrows- in the bumper
cover -1-.
– Tighten the bolts. Tightening specification: 2 Nm.
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Bolt 2 Nm

4.4 License Plate Holder

Note

♦ The license plate holder can have different sizes depending on the market.
AG. Volkswagen
♦ The contour of the bumper cover determines
lksw the height of the license
agen AG do
es n plate holder.
o ot g
yV ua
♦ Drill 12 mm holes. ir se
db ran
tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 223


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

With Holes
– Place the license plate holder -2- on the front bumper cover
-3- and press the clips in -1-.
Without Holes
– Center the license plate holder -2- to the emblem -4- on the
front bumper cover -1-.
– Set the drill stop depth to 12 mm and drill the holes.
– Place the license plate holder -2- on the front bumper cover
-3- and press the clips in -1-.

4.5 Rear Bumper Cover

Note

Slight changes may have to be made to removal and installation


procedures of rear bumper cover, depending upon equipment in‐
stalled in vehicle.

Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

224 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove the tail lamp assembly. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐


ment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal and Installation
– Remove screws -4- in area of left and right wheel housing liner.
– Remove screws -5- (pointing upward) at left and right.
– Remove the screws -2- and -3- from underneath.
A second mechanic is required for the rest of the removal proce‐
dure.
– Remove the rear bumper cover -1- from the side guides
-arrows a-.
– Remove the rear bumper cover -1- parallel from the vehicle
-arrows b-.
– Disconnect harness connectors of installed electrical compo‐
nents.
Installation

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Mount the rear bumper cover -1-. A second technician is nee‐


ded for this.

4. Removal and Installation 225


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note

Be sure to hold the rear bumper cover parallel when inserting it into the left and right guides.

– Press the rear bumper cover -1- onto the center guide
-arrows a- and onto the left and right guides -arrows b- until it
audibly engages.
– Check the parallel alignment and the gap dimensions.
– Install the screws -2, 3, 4 and 5- and tighten them to the tight‐
ening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.6.1 Rear Bumper Cover Overview”, page 196
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Bolts 2 Nm

4.6 Rear Bumper Cover, GTI


Removing

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen

226
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove the tail lamp assembly. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐


ment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal and Installation
– Remove screws -4- in area of left and right wheel housing liner.
– Remove screws -5- (pointing upward) at left and right.
– Remove the screws -2- and -3- from underneath.
A second mechanic is required for the rest of the removal proce‐
dure.
– Remove the rear bumper cover -1- from the side guides
-arrows a-.
– Remove the rear bumper cover -1- parallel from the vehicle
-arrows b-.
– Disconnect harness connectors of installed electrical compo‐
nents.
Installing

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Mount the rear bumper cover -1-. A second technician is nee‐
ded for this.

4. Removal and Installation 227


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note

Be sure to hold the rear bumper cover parallel when inserting it into the left and right guides.

– Press the rear bumper cover -1- onto the center guide
-arrows a- and onto the left and right guides -arrows b- until it
audibly engages.
– Check the parallel alignment and the gap dimensions.
– Install the screws -2, 3, 4 and 5- and tighten them to the tight‐
ening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.6.1 Rear Bumper Cover Overview”, page 196 .
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Bolt 2 Nm

4.7 Rear Bumper Cover, Golf R


Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

228 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove the tail lamp assembly. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐


ment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal and Installation .
– Remove screws -4- in area of left and right wheel housing liner.
– Remove screws -5- (pointing upward) at left and right.
– Remove the screws -2- and -3- from underneath.
A second mechanic is required for the rest of the removal proce‐
dure.
– Remove the rear bumper cover -1- from the side guides
-arrows a-.
– Remove the rear bumper cover -1- parallel from the vehicle
-arrows b-.
– Disconnect harness connectors of installed electrical compo‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
nents. lkswagen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
Installing risedb ran
tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Mount the rear bumper cover -1-. A second technician is nee‐


ded for this.

4. Removal and Installation 229


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note

Be sure to hold the rear bumper cover parallel when inserting it into the left and right guides.

– Press the rear bumper cover -1- onto the center guide
-arrows a- and onto the left and right guides -arrows b- until it
audibly engages.
– Check the parallel alignment and the gap dimensions. Refer
to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Specifications .
– Install the screws -2, 3, 4 and 5- and tighten them to the tight‐
ening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.8.1 Bumper Cover Overview”, page 200 .
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Bolts 2 Nm

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

230 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4.8 Rear Bumper License Plate Holder

Note

♦ The license plate holder is not installed on all models for all markets.
♦ The license plate holder can have different sizes depending on the market.
♦ The contour of the bumper cover determines the height of the license plate holder.
♦ Drill 12 mm holes.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

With Holes
nform
ercia

– Position the license plate holder -5- on the rear bumper cover
m

at
om

and press the clips -4- in.


ion
c

in t
or

– Tighten the pop rivet nuts -3-.


his
ate

do
riv

Without Holes
p

cum
for

en
g

– Align the license plate holder -5- on the rear bumper cover
n

t.
yi Co
op
-1- with the rear lid striker pin -2-. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Set the drill stop depth to 12 mm and drill the holes.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 231


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Position the license plate holder -2- on the rear bumper cover
and press the clips -4- in.
– Tighten the pop rivet nuts -3-.

4.9 Parking Aid Mount, Installing


⇒ “4.9.1 Tools”, page 232
⇒ “4.9.2 Materials”, page 232
⇒ “4.9.3 Mount, Installing”, page 233
⇒ “4.9.4 Minimum Curing Time”, page 236

4.9.1 Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Assembly tool for PDC-mount -VAS 6614-

♦ Hand pressure pistol -VAS 5155-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

4.9.2 Materials
es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ 2K-Plastic-Adhesive -D 180 5) 1 6) 2
K2 A1-
rrectness of i

♦ Bonding agent for plastic -D 5) 1


l purpos

822 150 A1-


nform
ercia

♦ Cleaning solution -D 009 401 5) 1


04-
m

at
om

ion

♦ Primer applicator
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

5) Follow the manufacturer instructions supplied in the packaging.


p

cum
for

en
g

6) Observe minimum curing time


n

t.
yi Co
⇒ “4.9.4 Minimum Curing Time”, page 236 . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

232 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
4.9.3 Mount, Installing d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
Note

nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
After the bumper cover is painted, install the mount.

erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

The 4 markings for the mount -1- are found on the inside of the
bumper cover.
– Determine the central point -2-, if not already present.
– Drill the holes from inside outward with a tool set and supplied
drill -3-.

4. Removal and Installation 233


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Position the stamping holes with the bolt head -1-, washer
-2- and counterholder-3- on the inside of the bumper cover
-5-.
– Remove the iron punch -4- up to the bumper cover.
– Push the iron punch -4- on the bumper cover.
– Tighten the hole stamper -1-.

Note

The iron punch -4- cannot rotate on the bumper cover paint.

– By turning on the bolt head-1-, the iron punch -4- is pulled


through the bumper cover material -5- -arrows-.
– Remove the hole stamper and stamp the next hole.
– Always clean the bumper cover and the mount thoroughly with
cleaning solution.

234 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note

Apply no more that approximately 1 cm of adhesive to the top.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

– Lightly grind the inside of the bumper cover -6- and thoroughly
m

a
com

clean it.
ion in
r
te o

– Thinly apply the bonding agent for the plastic to the bumper
thi
s
iva

cover and mount and let it set for 10 minutes.


do
r
rp

cum
fo

– Slide the mount -8- onto the centering drift -1- and push
en
ng

t.
through the bumper cover -6-.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Remove the counterholder -4- and lightly tighten the knurled
gh ht
pyri by
nut -5-.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the clamping clip -3- and position the knurled nut
-2-, do not tighten.
– All the mounts are prepared in this way.

4. Removal and Installation 235


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note

The adhesive cannot run up to the bend.

– Apply adhesive as shown in the illustration and tighten the


knurled nut -2-.
– Remove all of the centering drifts after the minimum curing
time, for minimum curing time refer to
⇒ “4.9.4 Minimum Curing Time”, page 236

4.9.4 Minimum Curing Time


Wait 30 minutes for the minimum curing time before performing
any further work on the bumper cover and the mount.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
The bumper cover must stay in place and may not be moved dur‐ ksw
agen oes
not
ing this time. y Vol gu
db e
ara
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

236 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

5 Special Tools Volksw


agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
by gu
d ara
Special tools and workshop equipment required orise nte
h eo
ut ra
♦ Assembly tool for PDC-mount -VAS 6614-ss a c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness
♦ Hand pressure pistol -VAS 5155-

o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Torque Wrench -V.A.G 1783-

♦ Torque Wrench -V.A.G 1332-

5. Special Tools 237


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

64 – Glass, Window Regulators


1 General Information
⇒ “1.1 Materials”, page 238
⇒ “1.2 Installation Information”, page 238
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing Time”, page 239

1.1 Materials

Note

For the correct part numbers, refer to the Electronic Parts Catalog
(ETKA).

♦ 2K window adhesive 7) 1 8) 2 10) 4


agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
♦ 1K window adhesive 7) 1 8) 2 9) 3 11) 5 ise
r
d
nte
ho eo
aut ra
♦ Activator 7) 1 ss c

ce
le
un

pt
♦ Glass primer/paint primer

an
1
d

7)
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
♦ Cleaning solution 7) 1
ot

wit
, is n

h re
♦ Primer applicator 7) 1
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ Adhesive remover 7) 1

t to the co
♦ Cutting wire

rrectness of i
7) Follow the manufacturer instructions, supplied in the packaging.
l purpos

8) Observe minimum curing time, refer to


⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing Time”, page 239 . nform
ercia

9) Heat according to manufacturer's instructions using Cartridge Heater -V.A.G


m

1939- .
a
com

tion in

10) Double Cartridge Gun -VAS 5237- must be used to process this material.
r
te o

thi

11) Small cartridge (180 ml) for sealing and/or when a 400 ml double cartridge is
s
iva

do

not enough.
r
rp

cum
fo

1.2 Installation Information


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
♦ Double Cartridge Gun -VAS 5237-
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

238 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

General Installation Information for All Windows


– Apply the adhesive all around circumference at a right angle
to window.

WARNING

The window must be installed within 10 minutes or the adhe‐


sive will not bond well.
Do not apply the adhesive too thick and do not press on the
window glass too hard. Since the window glass no longer has
sealing lips, it is possible to see the adhesive inside the seam.

♦ With help of two Suction Cups (V.A.G 1344) install window in


window opening, center and press in onto the spacing lip.
♦ Re-affix any stickers (for example, for airbag).

1.3 Minimum Curing Time


AG. Volkswagen AG d
WARNING lksw
agen oes
not
o
byV gu
ara
ed
Certain requirements must be maintained
horis when replacing a nte
eo
bonded window. For example, always
s aut allow the adhesive to ra
c
harden for the minimum curing stime.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

The minimum curing time for 2K adhesive is 2 hours for all win‐

ab
ility
dows.
ot p

wit
, is n

Curing time means the time from when the window is bonded to
h re
hole

when the vehicle is put back into use. During this time, the vehicle
must stand on an even surface at room temperature (at least 15 spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
°C) (59 °F).

WARNING
rrectness of i
l purpos

The vehicle is operationally ready only after the minimum cur‐


ing time has elapsed.
nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. General Information 239


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2 Description and Operation


⇒ “2.1 Rear Window Overview”, page 240
⇒ “2.2 Side Window Overview”, page 241
⇒ “2.3 Windshield Overview”, page 242
⇒ “2.4 Undamaged Window, Preparing for Glazing”, page 243
⇒ “2.5 Preparing New Window without Pre-Coating for Glazing”,
page 244
⇒ “2.6 Window Flange, Preparing for Glazing”, page 245

2.1 Rear Window Overview

1 - Rear Window
❑ Removing rear window,
refer to
⇒ “4.1.6 Undamaged
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
Rear Window, Remov‐ lkswage es n
ing”, page 251 . d byV
o ot g
ua
ran
ir se tee
2 - PUR Adhesive Sealant utho
or
a ac
❑ Bead diameter: width = ss

ce
le

6.5 mm -dimension b-
un

pt
height = 10 mm

an
d
itte

y li
-dimension a- (including
rm

ab
pre-coating, residual
pe

ility
ot

material on window

wit
, is n

glass and window

h re
hole

flange).

spec
es, in part or in w

❑ Apply the bead of adhe‐

t to the co
sive on the side edge of
the window glass.
❑ Minimum curing time, rrectness of i
refer to
l purpos

⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing


Time”, page 239 .
nform
ercia

3 - Body Flange
m

4 - Spacer
a
com

tion in

5 - Window Defrosting Con‐


r
te o

thi

nector
s
iva

do
r
rp

6 - Antenna Connectors
um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

240 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.2 Side Window Overview

1 - Side Window
❑ Remove side window,
refer to
⇒ “4.1.7 Undamaged
Side Window, Remov‐
ing”, page 252 .
❑ Installing side window,
refer to
⇒ “4.1.5 Side Window,
Installing”, page 250 .
2 - Seal
❑ Component part of side
window.
3 - PUR Adhesive Sealant
❑ Bead diameter: width =
6.5 mm -dimension a-
height = 10 mm
-dimension b- (including
pre-coating, residual
material on window
glass and window
flange). n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
❑ Minimum curing time, byV
olk ot g
ua
refer to ir se
d ran
tee
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing utho
or
Time”, page 239 . ss
a ac

ce
le
un

4 - Body Flange

pt
an
d
itte

y li
5 - Upper Gap Dimension
erm

ab
ility
ot p

❑ 5.5 mm remaining the

wit
same.
is n

h re
ole,

6 - Rear Gap Dimension


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ Remaining the same, no


visible gap between the t to the co
seal and the side panel.
rrectne

7 - Adhesive Bead End


❑ Apply the adhesive bead in this area.
ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 241


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.3 Windshield Overview

1 - Windshield
❑ Removing windshield,
refer to
⇒ “4.1.8 Windshield”,
page 253 .
2 - PUR Adhesive Sealant
❑ Bead diameter: width =
6.5 mm, height = 10 mm
(including pre-coating,
residual material on win‐
dow glass and window
flange).
❑ Minimum curing time,
refer to
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing
Time”, page 239 .
3 - Body Flange
4 - Drip Rail
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “4.2 Drip Rail”,
page 298 .
5 - Gap Dimension n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
❑ From window edge to d byV ua
ran
roof edge. ir se tee
tho
u or
❑ Set a constant dimen‐ ss
a ac
sion of 2.5 mm using ad‐
ce
le
un

justment gauge -3371- .


pt
an
d
itte

y li

6 - Sealing Lip
erm

ab
ility
ot p

❑ Is a part of the wind‐


wit
is n

shield.
h re
ole,

❑ It will get damaged


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

when removing the


t to the co

windshield.
❑ Install a new sealing lip.
rrectne

7 - Interior Rearview Mirror


8 - Window Adjuster
ss

❑ 443.845.631 A
o
cial p

f inform

9 - Retainer
mer

❑ Is a part of the windshield


atio
om

n
c

10 - Plenum Chamber Cover


i
or

n thi
te

sd

❑ Must only be pulled out of binding profile by hand.


iva

o
pr

cum
r

11 - Adhesive Bead End


fo

en
ng

t.
yi
❑ Apply the adhesive bead in this area.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

242 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.4 Undamaged agen


Window,
AG. VolkswagePreparing
n AG d for
oes
Glazing
by
Volksw not
gu
a
d ran
ise
Adhesive Bead,
ut
ho Cutting
r tee
or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
Note

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ When using an undamaged window again, cut back remaining

ility
ot p

adhesive sealant to 12 mm shortly before re-adhering, do not

wit
is n

damage primer and ceramic coating.

h re
ole,

spec
♦ The remaining material serves as a base for the new adhesive
urposes, in part or in wh

sealant being applied.

t to the co
WARNING

rrectne
Do not prime the adhesive surface or use a cleaning solution

ss
on it. Keep the adhesive surface free of dirt and grease.

o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
Exception: If bonding is not performed immediately after cutting
om

back, the remaining material must be activated using the activator

n
c

i
or

n
D 181 801 A1.

thi
te

sd
iva

New Sealing Lip, Installing o


pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Special tools and workshop equipment required . Cop py
rig
ht ht
♦ Gauge -T10391-
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ The narrow seam on the windshield can damage the sealing lip when removing it.
♦ Install a new sealing lip if an undamaged window is going to be reinstalled.
♦ Make sure the adhesive surfaces are free of dust and grease.
♦ Only use adhesive remover -D 002 000 10- .
♦ Apply the sealing lip immediately after cleaning.
♦ Peel off the protective film just before installing.
♦ Temperature approximately. 21 °C (70 °F).

2. Description and Operation 243


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the damaged sealing lip.


– Remove completely any left over adhesive.
– Clean the ceramic surface with adhesive remover .
– Set the -T10391- to 6 mm -dimension a-.
– Mark the inner dimension of the sealing lip -3- over the entire
width with a ball-point pen and the -2- and the gauge.
– Apply the new sealing lip on the line.

2.5 Preparing New Window without Pre-


Coating for Glazing
All windows as replacement parts are not pre-coated.

Note

♦ The application area for adhesive bead 3 is not pre-coated and


not primed.
♦ The sealing lip is part of a new windshield.

244 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Clean window circumference to width of 20 mm all around us‐


ing cleaning solution.
– Then dry the edge of the window with a lint-free cloth.

WARNING

The ceramic coating on the glass is not a glass/paint primer. It


must be primed before the application of adhesive sealing ma‐
terial! Use only glass/paint primer.

– Apply primer -2- uniformly in one stroke using applicator -1-.


♦ Drying time is approximately 10 minutes

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
2.6 Window Flange, Preparing for Glazing
s
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

Special tools and workshop equipment required


itte

y li
erm

ab

♦ U-shape knife -V.A.G 1561/3-


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 245


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

All Body Flanges


– Cut back remaining material on body flange using -
V.A.G 1561/3- , do not remove all residue under any circum‐
stances.

Note

The remaining material serves as a base for the new adhesive


sealant being applied. Keep the adhesive surfaces free of dirt and
grease.

WARNING

The activator must not come into contact with the paint or the
paint will be damaged.

Exception: If bonding is not performed immediately after cutting


back, the remaining material must be activated using the activa‐
tor.
♦ If the window flange is being repair or partially replaced, the
corresponding area must be clean and primed again before agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
painting. Vol
ksw es n
ot g
y ua
db ran
Windshield Body Flange rise tee
tho or
au ac
ss

ce
e

Note
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

It is possible that the laser weld seam does not lie in the area of

ab
ility
the adhesive bead. In this case, the open weld seam must be
ot p

wit
sealed with window adhesive before bonding the window.
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– If the laser weld seam -3- on the sheet metal flange -4- is not

t to the co
covered by the adhesive bead -1-, then coat the laser weld
seam -3- with glass/paint primer -3- and fill the weld seam with
window adhesive -1-.

rrectness of i
Rear Window Body Flange
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Note C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
♦ If the adhesive tape is damaged when removing the rear window, new adhesive tape must be reapplied. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ If no adhesive tape is applied, rainwater from the rear lid will drip into the luggage compartment.

246 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
horis
eo Golf 2009 ➤
ut
ss a Body ra
cExterior - Edition 06.2011

ce
e
nl

pt
1 - Rear Lid

du

an
itte

y li
erm
2 - Adhesive Tape

ab
ility
ot p
– Apply the left and right

wit
adhesive tape , is n

h re
hole
-1K6.827.972- in the in‐

spec
dicated positions.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
3 - Rear Window

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 247


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
3 Specifications or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
Tightening Specifications

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
Component Tightening Specifications

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
Front door window regulator 3.5 Nm
ot

motor bolts

wit
, is n

h re
Rear door window regulator 3.5 Nm
hole

spec
motor bolts
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Rear door fixed window bolts 8 Nm

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

248 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4 Removal and Installation


⇒ “4.1 Flush Bonded Windows”, page 249
⇒ “4.2 Front Door Window”, page 255
⇒ “4.3 Front Door Window Regulator Motor”, page 259
⇒ “4.4 Front Door Window Guide”, page 262
⇒ “4.5 Rear Door Window”, page 263
⇒ “4.6 Rear Door Window Regulator Motor”, page 266
⇒ “4.7 Rear Door Window Crank”, page 269
⇒ “4.8 Rear Door Window Guide”, page 269
⇒ “4.9 Rear Door Fixed Door Window”, page 271

4.1 Flush Bonded Windows


⇒ “4.1.1 Adhesive Sealant, Removing from Window”, page 249
⇒ “4.1.2 Broken Side Window, Removing”, page 249
⇒ “4.1.3 Damaged Rear Window, Removing”, page 249
⇒ “4.1.4 Rear Window, Installing”, page 250
⇒ “4.1.5 Side Window, Installing”, page 250
⇒ “4.1.6 Undamaged Rear Window, Removing”, page 251
⇒ “4.1.7 Undamaged Side Window, Removing”,
gen AG
. Volkswagepage
n AG 252
a does
lksw not
⇒ “4.1.8 Windshield”, page
db
y253
Vo gu
ara
ise nte
or
4.1.1 Adhesive
s au
th Sealant, Removing from Win‐ eo
ra
c
dows
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– It is recommended to use adhesive remover D 002 000 10 as


itte

y li

a cleaning solution. Follow the safety precautions when using


rm

ab
pe

ility

it.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

WARNING
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

When cleaning from inside the vehicle, do not press out on the
window that was just installed.
rrectness of i

– First clean paint surface coarsely using a dry rag. Eliminate


l purpos

remaining soiling using adhesive removal solution D 002 000


10.
nform
ercia

– Clean the plastic trim: let the adhesive sealant harden for ap‐
m

proximately 1 hour and then peel it off.


a
com

tion in

4.1.2 Broken Side Window, Removing


r
te o

thi
s
iva

do

The procedure for removing a broken side window is identical to


r
rp

cum

removing a broken rear window. Refer to


fo

en
ng

⇒ “4.1.3 Damaged Rear Window, Removing”, page 249


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
4.1.3 Damaged Rear Window, Removing
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
– Protect body and interior from glass splinters.
agen
Prote AG.

– Remove glass pieces from adhesive material.


– Remove harness connectors for glass defroster and antenna.

4. Removal and Installation 249


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Bond flange -2- all around with fabric reinforced adhesive tape.
– Cut through adhesive material (with glass residue) in window
opening using -V.A.G 1561 A- and knife -V.A.G 1561- .

WARNING

Always wear protective goggles and leather gloves.

4.1.4 Rear Window, Installing


Window, Preparing for Glazing. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Undamaged Window, Preparing for Glazing”, page 243
Window, New, Preparing for Glazing. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Preparing New Window without Pre-Coating for Glazing”,
page 244
Window Flange, Preparing for Glazing. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Window Flange, Preparing for Glazing”, page 245
Installation Information. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Installation Information”, page 238
Minimum curing time. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing Time”, page 239
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
4.1.5 Side Window, Installing olk ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Window, Preparing for Glazing. Refer to au th or
ac
⇒ “2.4 Undamaged Window, Preparing forss Glazing”, page 243
ce
e
nl

Window, New, Preparing for Glazing. Refer to pt


du

an
itte

⇒ “2.5 Preparing New Window without Pre-Coating for Glazing”, y li


erm

page 244 ab
ility
ot p

Window Flange, Preparing for Glazing. Refer to


wit
, is n

h re
⇒ “2.6 Window Flange, Preparing for Glazing”, page 245
hole

spec

Installation Information. Refer to


es, in part or in w

⇒ “1.2 Installation Information”, page 238


t to the co

Minimum curing time. Refer to


⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing Time”, page 239
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

250 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4.1.6 Undamaged Rear Window, Removing

Note

If windshield is to sbe
wagused
en AGagain, make
. Volkswagen AGsure that electrical connections for windshield heating are not damaged.
does
olk not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Remove the rear lid trim panel and the window frame trim panel.
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation
– Disconnect the right and left connectors for the heated rear
window and tape them to the window glass.
– Depending on the vehicle equipment level, disconnect the an‐
tenna connections and tape them to the window glass

4. Removal and Installation 251


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Thrust -V.A.G 1474/2- -1- through adhesive bead.


– Pull the cutting wire -2- inside through adhesive using -
V.A.G 1474/2- -1-.

– Secure end of cutting cord -3- with handle -1- -V.A.G 1351/1-
before pulling out.
– Lay cutting cord -3- around the window and also guide inside
the second cord end.
– Secure end of cutting cord to -V.A.G 1654 A- -2-.
– Mount the -V.A.G 1654 A- -2- as illustrated.
– Relocate -V.A.G 1654 A- -2- appropriately and cut window
free.
– While cutting free, press cutting cord -3- against window using
-V.A.G 1474/5- to have clearance to window flange.. Volkswag
AG en AG
agen does
olksw not
yV
4.1.7 Undamaged Side Window, Removing
gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
Note
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li

The following describes removing and installing the left side win‐
erm

ab

dow. Removing and installing the right side window is identical.


ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re

– Remove the side trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.


ole,

spec

Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation


urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Pull cutting cord -1- through adhesive sealant at place shown


in picture into vehicle interior at lower area of rear window us‐
ing -V.A.G 1474/2- from -V.A.G 1474 A- .
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

– Insert the cutting cord -3- into the window flange behind the
iv

o
pr

seal using the small tube -1-.


cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

252 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Secure a cord end -3- to -V.A.G 1351/1- -2- to counter hold.


– Pull other end -2- of cutting cord into interior.
– Secure other end of cord to -V.A.G 1654 A- -3-.
– Cut window free by moving -V.A.G 1654 A- -3- accordingly.
– While cutting window free, push cutting cord with plastic
wedge against window in order to have clearance at window
flange.

– -V.A.G 1654 A- -3- can be used in place of -V.A.G 1654- -3-


– As shown in illustration, one suction cup can be removed from
the -V.A.G 1654- -3-. By doing this, the roller on the -V.A.G
1654 A- -3- can be placed closer to the window flange.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
4.1.8 Windshield
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

Removing

wit
, is n

h re
– Remove the A-pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
hole

spec
70 ; Removal and Installation .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove the sun visors. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
68 ; Removal and Installation .

rrectness of i
– Remove interior rearview mirror. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Removal and Installation .
l purpos

– Remove the headliner. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;


Removal and Installation
nform
ercia

– The headliner can now be lowered far enough so that wind‐


m

shield can be cut out without damaging headliner.


com

tion in
r

– On vehicles with a rain sensor, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;


te o

thi

Rep. Gr. 92 ; Removal and Installation


s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

– Remove plenum chamber cover . Refer to


fo

en
ng

⇒ “3.5 Plenum Chamber Cover”, page 21 .


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 253


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Push the -V.A.G 1474/8- -1- in between the windshield and


instrument panel.
– Pull the cutting wire -2- with the -V.A.G 1474/2- through the
adhesive inside the passenger compartment.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
– Secure cutting cord enduth on the inside against pulling out using
o
or
-V.A.G 1351/1- -3-.ss a ac

ce
le

– Insert cutting cord -2- into window flange by aid of small tube
un

pt
an
d

-1-.
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Lay cutting cord around window.

ility
ot p

wit
is n

– Make sure the cutting cord is inserted under the corners of the
h re
ole,

windshield.
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

254 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Secure second cutting cord end onto -V.A.G 1654 A- .


– Set -V.A.G 1654 A- to “position I”.
– Relocate -V.A.G 1654 A- appropriately and cut window free.
– While cutting free, press cutting cord against window using
plastic wedge in order to have clearance from window flange
and instrument cluster.
Installing
Window, Preparing for Glazing. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Undamaged Window, Preparing for Glazing”, page 243
Window, New, Preparing for Glazing. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Preparing New Window without Pre-Coating for Glazing”,
page 244
Window Flange, Preparing for Glazing. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Window Flange, Preparing for Glazing”, page 245
Installation Information. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Installation Information”, page 238
Minimum curing time. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing Time”, page 239

4.2 Front Door Window


Removing

Note

♦ The following describes removing and installing the right door


window. Removing and installing the left door window is iden‐
tical.
♦ Bolts -3- have a left-hand thread.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
255
AG.
4. Removal and Installation
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab

– Remove front door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.


ility
ot p

70 ; Removal and Installation .


wit
is n

h re
ole,

– Pry out cover caps -6-.


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Lower the door window -2- until the clamping screws -3- are
t to the co

accessible.
– Loosen bolts -3- (do not remove. left-hand thread) and press
rrectne

clamping brackets apart.


ss

Note
o
cial p

f inform
mer

If this cannot be done because of a power window malfunction, remove the window regulator motor and then
atio

slide the window down.


om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

256 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– Lift the rear door window -1- and remove it in


itte

y li
rm

-direction of arrow- from the window guides -2-.


ab
pe

ility
ot

Installation
wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Note
es, in part or in w

t to the co

The following describes removing and installing the right door


window. Removing and installing the left door window is identical.
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 257


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

– Install the door window -1- in -direction of arrow a- into the


es, in part or in w

t to the co

window guides. Make sure the door window sits correctly in‐
side the window guide.
– Without using any pressure, guide the door window
rrectness of i

-arrow b- into the clamping brackets -3-.


l purpos

– Align the door window with the window frame -arrow c-.
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

258 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– Tighten clamping screws -3- (quantity: 2 left-hand thread),


itte

y li
erm

tightening specification: 8 Nm.


ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re

Note
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Bolts -3- have a left-hand thread.


t to the co

– Continue by performing the steps used in removal in reverse


rrectne

order.

4.3 Front Door Window Regulator Motor


ss o
cial p

Removing
inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 259


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

– Remove front door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.


y li
rm

ab

70 ; Removal and Installation .


pe

ility
ot

– Fix window using adhesive tape so that it does not slip down.
wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Disconnect the connector -3-.


spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove the three bolts -2-.


t to the co

– Remove window regulator motor with control module -1- from


subframe.
rrectness of i

Installation
l purpos

WARNING
nform
ercia

It is necessary to code the additional functions and pinch pro‐


m

a
com

tection each time a new window regulator motor (door control


ion in

module) is installed.
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

260 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

– Install the window regulator motor -1- and pull door window up
itte

y li
erm

and down so that splines are located better between motor


ab
ility

and cable drum.


ot p

wit
, is n

Tightening specification for the bolts -2-: 3.5 Nm


h re
hole

spec

– Connect the connectors -3-.


es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Code the new window regulator motor using the -VAS 5051
A- .
rrectness of i

– After coding, let the window regulator work in the one-touch


up/one-touch down mode and pull the switch for 2 seconds.
l purpos

This way the window regulator recognizes it upper stop.


– Continue by performing the steps used in removal in reverse
nf
ercia

order.
orm
m

atio

Tightening Specifications
om

n in
or c

Component Tightening Specifications


thi
te

sd
iva

Bolts 3.5 Nm
o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 261


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4.4 Front Door Window Guide

Note

♦ The following describes removing and installing the right win‐


dow guide only. Removing and installing the left window guide
is identical.
♦ Do not bend window recess seal when lifting off!

Removing

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

The exterior mirror, the window shaft strip and the trim have been
removed.
– Remove the window guide -1- out of the mounts -3 and 4-
-arrows a and b-.
– From the inside, fold back the sealing lip on the window guide
-1- from the window frame -arrow d-.
– Starting the rear, pull the window guide -1- evenly -arrows c-
off the door flange -2-.

262 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Volksw not
gu
Golf 2009 ➤
y
rise
d b
Body
ara Exterior
nte - Edition 06.2011
tho eo
au ra
Installation ss c

ce
le
un
To install, perform the steps used for removal in reverse order.

pt
an
d
itte

y li
• A function test must be performed before door trim is installed.

rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
Note
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

While installing window guide, make sure it is seated evenly (wind

t to the co
noise).

rrectness of i
4.5 Rear Door Window
l purpos

Note

nform
ercia

The following describes removing and installing the right rear door
m

a
com

t
window. Removing and installing the left rear door window is

ion in
identical.
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r

Removing
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 263


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove rear door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;


Removal and Installation .
– Remove cover cap -5-.
– Lower door window until spreader pin -4- and spreader plug
-3- are accessible in window regulator cut-out.

Note

If the work step is not possible due to a malfunction via the electrical window regulator, window regulator motor
can be unscrewed -8- to be able to slide window down.

– Install a 5 mm bolt (approximately 70 mm long) into the spread‐


er pin -4- and pull bolt out of spreader plug -3-.
– Screw a 8 mm bolt (approximately. 80 mm long) into spreader
plug -3-.

Note

When screwing the bolt into spreader plug, do not use excessive force on the plug otherwise it may fall inside
into the door.

– Pull the spreader plug -3- out of the window guide -1- and out
of door window.
– Remove the trim. Refer to ⇒ “3.11 Trim”, page 158

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

264 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
te

– Remove the door window -1- upward and at an angle


a

do
riv

-arrows- from the window shaft strip -2-.


p

cum
for

en
ng

Installing
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Note
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Spreader plug and spreader pin must always be replaced


when performing assembly work on door window.
♦ Before inserting spreader plug -3- and spreader pin -4-, check
window -3- for damage.

4. Removal and Installation 265


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi

– Center the spreader plug -3- and insert spreader plug with
te

sd
a

window -3- removed.


iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

– Press spreader pin -4- flush into spreader plug -3-.


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Install the door window -1- into the door -2- and insert the door C py
t. rig
window into the slot in the window regulator guide -5-.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Using a light pressure from above -arrow a-, engage window cted agen
Prote AG.
-1- into window regulator -5-.
– Continue by performing the steps used in removal in reverse
order.

4.6 Rear Door Window Regulator Motor

Note

Removing and installing the right window regulator motor is de‐


scribed here. Removing and installing the left window regulator
motor is identical.

Removing

266 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;


t to the co

Removal and Installation


– Fix window using adhesive tape so that it does not slip down.
rrectness of i

– Remove the three bolts -2-.


l purpos

– Disconnect the connector -3-.


– Remove window regulator motor with control module -1- from
nform
ercia

subframe.
m

a
com

Installation
ion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

WARNING
do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

It is necessary to code the additional functions and pinch pro‐


n

t.
yi Co
tection each time a new window regulator motor (door control Cop py
. rig
module) is installed.
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 267


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Install the window regulator motor -1- and pull door window up
p by
co Vo
by lksw
and down so that splines are located better between motor Prote
cted AG.
agen
and cable drum.
– Connect the connectors -3-.
Tightening specification for the bolts -2-: 3.5 Nm
– Code a new window regulator motor with -Vehicle diagnostic
tester- .
– After coding, let the window regulator work in the one-touch
up/one-touch down mode and pull the switch for 2 seconds.
This way the window regulator recognizes it upper stop.
– Continue by performing the steps used in removal in reverse
order.
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Bolts 3.5 Nm

268 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4.7 Rear Door Window Crank

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

Removing
o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

– Compress the locking ring -2- -arrows a-.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
– Pull the locking ring -2- just a little under the window crank t. C rig
gh ht
-1- -arrow b-. yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
– Remove the window crank -1- -arrow c-.
agen
Prote AG.

Installation
– Slide back the locking ring -2-.
– Install the window crank -1-.

4.8 Rear Door Window Guide

Note

♦ The illustration shows a right door hinge. The left door hinge
is identical.
♦ Do not bend window guide when removing!

4. Removal and Installation 269


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Removing

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– From the inside, fold back the seal on the window guide -1-
from the window frame -arrow d-.
– Remove the window guide -3- from the mounts -arrows b-.
– Remove both seal clips -4- -2- from the door.
– Remove the seal -2- evenly -arrows a- from the door flange.
– Remove the window guide evenly -arrows c- from the door
flange.
– Start with the fixed door window -6-.
Installation

270 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

To install, perform the steps used for removal in reverse order.


l purpos

– Install the window guide -1- evenly on the door flange


nform

-arrows a-.
mercia

– Install the seal -2- evenly on the door flange -arrows c-.
a
com

tion in

– Install the clips -4-.


r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Install the window guide into the mounts -arrows b-.


do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Note t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ While installing window guide, make sure it is seated evenly (wind noise).
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ The window guide -2- must touch the outer door seal -5-.

4.9 Rear Door Fixed Door Window


Removing

4. Removal and Installation 271


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Removal and Installation
– Remove the window shaft strip. Refer to
⇒ “3.9 Outer Window Recess Seal”, page 151
– Remove the window guide. Refer to
⇒ “4.8 Rear Door Window Guide”, page 269
– Pry out cover caps -4-.
– Remove the bolts -5-.
– Fold back the seal -2- from the flange.
– Insert the -T10236- under both clips -7-.
– Push the door window -1- slightly out -arrow a- until the clips
-7- are pushed out of the door -3-.
– Remove the door window -1- and the bar -6- -arrow b- from
the door -3-.
Installation

272 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Golf 2009 ➤
olksw Body nExterior
ot g - Edition 06.2011
y V ua
db ran
rise tee
tho or
s au ac
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Install the door window -1- into the door -arrow a-.
– Push the door window onto the door -5- until the clips -6- au‐
dibly latch -arrows b-.
– Tighten bolts -4-, tightening specification: 8 Nm.
– Fold back the seal -2- around the flange.
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Bolts 8 Nm

4. Removal and Installation 273


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

5 Special Tools

Note

The following describes removing bonded windows using the -AG. Volkswagen A
V.A.G 1474 A- . It is also possible to use -VAS 6452- . lkswagen G do
es n
o
o t gu
yV
edb ara
s nte
Special tools and workshop equipment requiredho
ri eo
aut ra
♦ Removal Kit for Bonded Windows -V.A.G ss 1474 A- or Removal c

ce
e
Kit for Bonded Windows -VAS 6452- nl

pt
du

an
itte

♦ Suction Lifter -V.A.G 1344-

y li
erm

ab
ility
♦ Cutting Tools for Glass -V.A.G 1351-
ot p

wit
, is n

♦ Window Removing Kit -V.A.G 1755-

h re
hole

spec
♦ Cartridge Gun -V.A.G 1628-
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Cartridge Heater -V.A.G 1939-

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Gauge -T10391-

♦ Electric Cutter -V.A.G 1561 A-


♦ Blade, Offset -V.A.G 1561/2-
♦ Blade, Offset -V.A.G 1561/8-
♦ Adjusting Gauge -3371-
♦ Blade, Offset -V.A.G 1561/19-

274 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

♦ Double Cartridge Gun -VAS 5237-

♦ Torque Wrench -V.A.G 1331- swage


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
olk ot g
yV
♦ Torque Wrench -V.A.G 1783- d b ua
ran
ir se tee
o
♦ Roller -T 10314- auth or
ac
ss
♦ Release Tool -T 10236-

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

♦ Trim Removal Wedge -3409-


itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

♦ U-shape Knife -V.A.G 1561/3-

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Special Tools 275


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

66 – Exterior Equipment
1 General Information
⇒ “1.1 Roof Edge Spoiler”, page 276
⇒ “1.2 Name Plates and Emblems Installation Information”, page
278

1.1 Roof Edge Spoiler


⇒ “1.1.1 Roof Edge Spoiler Materials”, page 276
⇒ “1.1.2 Preparing Roof Edge Spoiler Bodywork for Adhesive”,
page 276
⇒ “1.1.3 Roof Edge Spoiler Installation Information”, page 277
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
⇒ “1.1.4 Roof Edge Spoiler Minimum Curing Time”,d bpage
y V 277 gu
ara
e nte
ris
⇒ “1.1.5 Roof Edge Spoiler Adhesive Sealant,utRemoving
ho from eo
ra
Window”, page 277 ss
a c

ce
le
un

1.1.1 Roof Edge Spoiler Materials

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ 1K window adhesive -DH 009 100 03-

ility
ot p

wit
is n

♦ Activator -D 181 801 A1-

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

♦ Glass/paint primer -D 009 200 02-

t to the co
♦ Cleaning solution -D 009 401 04-

rrectne
♦ Primer applicator -D 009 500 25-

s
♦ Adhesive remover -D 002 000 10-

s o
cial p

f inform
♦ Cutting wire -357 853 999 A-
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

Note
t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Follow the manufacturer instructions on the packaging.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Warm the 1K window adhesive according to the manufacturer in‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
structions with a Cartridge Heater -V.A.G 1939A- . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
1.1.2 Preparing Roof Edge Spoiler Bodywork
AG.

for Adhesive

Note

The remaining material serves as a base for the new adhesive


sealant being applied. Keep the adhesive surfaces free of dirt and
grease.

Exception: If bonding is not performed immediately after cutting


back, the remaining material must be activated using the -D 181
801 A1- .

276 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

WARNING

The activator must not come into contact with the paint or the
paint will be damaged.

Note

If bodywork is being worked on or is partially replaced, it must be


cleaned and primed again after painting the corresponding area.

1.1.3 Roof Edge Spoileragen


AGInstallation
. Volkswagen AG Informa‐
does
ksw
tion d byV
ol not
gu
ar
e an
ris te
The surfaces of theuthcomponents
o to be primed must be free of dirt.e or
sa ac
s
– Remove adhesive residue using -D 002 000 10- .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Saturate a cloth with -LSE 020 100 A3- .
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Always wipe application area for adhesive bead twice using

ility
ot p

saturated cloth and allow to air dry.

wit
, is n

h re
– Now apply glass/primer uniformly in one stroke using -D 009
hole

spec
500 25- .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Drying time is approximately 10 minutes
– Adhesive material must be applied to the primed surfaces of
the component.
rrectness of i
l purpos

WARNING
nform
ercia

Components must be installed within 10 minutes, otherwise


bonding properties of adhesive will be impaired.
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
e

♦ Keep gap dimensions as narrow as possible, approximately 1


at

do
riv

mm.
p

cum
for

en
g

♦ Secure components using adhesive tape during the minimum


n

t.
yi Co
curing time. Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
1.1.4 Roof Edge Spoiler Minimum Curing
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Time
agen
Prote AG.

Minimum curing time for newly bonded components is 3 hours.


Minimum curing time is the time from applying the components
up to vehicle use. During this time, the vehicle must stand on an
even surface at room temperature (at least 15 °C (60 °F).

WARNING

The vehicle is operationally ready only after the minimum cur‐


ing time has elapsed.

1.1.5 Roof Edge Spoiler Adhesive Sealant,


Removing from Window
Use -D 002 000 10- to remove any remaining adhesive. Follow
the safety precautions when using it.

1. General Information 277


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Clean the painted surface with a dry cloth. Clean off any dirt
with -D 002 000 10- .

1.2 Name Plates and Emblems Installation


Information
♦ Warm the name plates with a Hot Air Gun -V.A.G 1416- before
removing.
♦ If removing the name plate, only use the adhesive remover -
D 002 000 10- to remove the adhesive residue.
♦ Make sure the adhesive surfaces are free of dust and grease.
♦ Apply the name plates immediately after cleaning them.
♦ Peel off the protective film just before installing.
♦ Temperature approximately 21° C (70° F).
♦ It is not possible to remove the name plate without breaking it.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

278 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2 Description and Operation


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
⇒ “2.1 Anti-Rodent System Overview”, page 279 lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
⇒ “2.2 Drip Rail Overview”, page 281 ir se
d ran
tee
tho
u or
⇒ “2.3 Exterior Mirror Overview”, page 282 ss
a ac

ce
le
⇒ “2.4 Front Wheel Housing Liner Overview”, page 283

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
⇒ “2.5 Rear Wheel Housing Liner Overview”, page 284

erm

ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “2.6 Roof Edge Spoiler Overview”, page 285

wit
is n

h re
⇒ “2.7 Sill Panel Cover Overview”, page 286

ole,

spec
⇒ “2.8 Sill Panel Extension Overview, GTI”, page 287 urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
⇒ “2.9 Sill Panel Extension Overview, Golf R”, page 287
⇒ “2.10 Special Component Overview, Golf R ”, page 289

rrectne
⇒ “2.11 Wheel Cover Trim Overview”, page 290

s
2.1 Anti-Rodent System Overview

s o
cial p

f inform
♦ Adapting the anti-rodent system brushes.
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
Note
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

♦ Items 2 though 5 are installed on the front passenger side.


p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

♦ Prevents access for the rodent.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 279


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1 - Anti-Rodent System Pro‐


tection
❑ There are different ver‐
sion depending on the n AG. Volkswagen AG do
engine installed lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
2 - Bolt o
ir se tee
th or
❑ 2 Nm ss
au ac
❑ Quantity: 2

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

❑ 5 x 20
itte

y li
erm

ab
3 - Upper Protection

ility
ot p

wit
❑ The material is polypro‐
is n

h re
pylene shaped like a
ole,

brush.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
4 - Front Protection, Anti-Ro‐
dent System
❑ The material is polypro‐

rrectne
pylene shaped like a
brush.

s
❑ With 3 spring nuts

s o
cial p

f in
5 - Bolt

form
mer

❑ 2 Nm

atio
m

❑ Quantity: 3
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
❑ 5 x 16
te

sd
iva

o
r

6 - Noise Insulation
p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

❑ Material is polypropy‐
t.
yi Co
lene Cop py
t. rig
gh
❑ Assembly overview, re‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
fer to
c by lksw
cted agen
⇒ “1.7 Noise Insulation Prote AG.
Overview”, page 8 .

Anti-Rodent System Brushes, Adapting

Note

2.0L diesel vehicles with steel wheel rims have a balance weight
on the left driveshaft to reduce noise. The anti-rodent system
brushes are adapted for collision reasons!

Left upper protection:


– Shorten 4 bristles -1- to 57 mm (2.25 inches) -a-.
Left front protection:

280 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove 8 bristles -2-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
2.2 Drip Rail Overview

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
Note
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
The illustration shows a right door hinge. The left door hinge is identical.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1 - Drip Rail
❑ Removing and instal‐

rrectness of i
ling, refer to
⇒ “4.2 Drip Rail”,
l purpos

page 298 .
2 - Retaining Strip

nform
ercia

❑ Only with the windshield


m

a
removed, removing and
com

tio
installing.

n in
r
te o

thi
3 - Pop Rivet

s
iva

do
r
rp

❑ Quantity: 5

cum
fo

en
g

❑ Install with Pop Rivet


n

t.
yi Co
op
Pliers -VAS 5072- C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
4 - Grommet
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 281


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.3 Exterior Mirror Overview

Note

The illustration shows a left fender. The right fender is identical.

1 - Mirror Base Plate


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “4.4.6 Exterior Rear‐ Volksw
oes
not
gu
view Mirror”, pageed310
b .
y ara
n
ris tee
2 - Insulation utho or
a ac
ss
3 - Bolt

ce
le
un

pt
an
❑ 10 Nm
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
4 - Connector
pe

ility
ot

wit
5 - Assembly Piece
, is n

h re
hole

❑ With side turn signal.

spec
es, in part or in w

❑ Removing and instal‐

t to the co
ling, refer to
⇒ “4.4.5 Turn Signal and
Entry Lamp Inside Exte‐

rrectness of i
rior Mirror”, page 309 .
l purpos

6 - Entry Lamp Inside Exterior


Mirror
❑ Removing and instal‐
nform
ercia

ling, refer to
m

⇒ “4.4.5 Turn Signal and


com

tio

Entry Lamp Inside Exte‐


n in
r
te o

rior Mirror”, page 309 .


thi
s
iva

do

7 - Adjusting Unit with Motor


r
rp

cum
fo

❑ Removing and instal‐


en
ng

t.
yi
ling, refer to
Co
Cop py
⇒ “4.4.2 Adjusting Unit
t. rig
gh ht
yri
with Motor”, page 304 . p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
8 - Bolt Prote AG.

❑ 1 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
9 - Mirror Glass
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “4.4.1 Mirror Glass”, page 302 .
10 - Bolt
❑ 1 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
11 - Frame
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “4.4.3 Frame”, page 305 .
12 - Mirror Housing
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “4.4.4 Mirror Housing”, page 307 .

282 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.4 Front Wheel Housing Liner Overview


The description also applies to Volkswagen Golf R

Note

♦ The following describes removing and installing the left wheel


housing liner. Removing and installing the right wheel housing
liner is identical.
♦ Slight changes may have to be made to removal and installa‐
tion procedures, depending upon Golf R engines installed in
vehicle and only for “19" wheel rims”.
♦ Vehicles with an anti-rodent system, refer to
⇒ “2.1 Anti-Rodent System Overview”, page 279 .

Note

The illustration shows a left fender. The right fender is identical.

1 - Rear Part of Wheel Housing


Liner
❑ PP/EPDM material n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
❑ Removing and instal‐ byV
olk ot g
ua
ling, refer to ir se
d ran
tee
⇒ “4.5 Front Wheel utho
or
Housing Liner”, ss
a ac
page 311 .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
2 - Bolt
itte

y li
erm

ab
❑ Tightening specifica‐

ility
ot p

tion: 2 Nm

wit
, is n

❑ Quantity: 7

h re
hole

spec
❑ Different quantity is pos‐
es, in part or in w

sible

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
The upper bolt must not be in the
l purpos

fender when installing the rear sec‐


tion of the wheel housing liner on
Golf R with 19" wheel rims.
nf
ercia

orm
m

3 - Front Part of Wheel Hous‐


atio
m

ing Liner
o

n in
or c

❑ Material - PP/EPDM
thi
te

sd
iva

❑ Altered front section of


o
r
rp

cu

the wheel housing liner


o

m
f

en
ng

for Golf R for 19" wheel


t.
yi Co
op
rims. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
4 - Bolt cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Tightening specifica‐ Prote AG.
tion: 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 6
5 - Nut
❑ Quantity: 7
❑ Different quantity is possible

2. Description and Operation 283


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note

Remove the upper expanding nut in


the fender when installing the rear
section of the wheel housing liner for
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Golf R with 19" wheel rims. lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ut
2.5 Rear Wheel Housing Liner Overview a ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Note
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

♦ The following describes removing and installing the left rear

wit
, is n

h re
wheel housing liner. Removing and installing the right rear
hole

wheel housing liner is identical.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Due to equipment variations, small deviations must be con‐
sidered during removal and installation.

rrectness of i
1 - Rear Wheel Housing Liner
l purpos

❑ Material - PP/EPDM

nform
❑ Removing and instal‐
ercia

ling, refer to
m

a
⇒ “4.6 Rear Wheel
com

tio
Housing Liner”,

n in
r
te o

page 313 .

thi
s
iva

do
2 - Bolt
r
rp

cum
fo

❑ Tightening specifica‐
en
ng

t.
yi
tion: 2 Nm
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ Quantity: 9
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
3 - Nut cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Quantity: 3
4 - Nut
❑ Gas-tight

DANGER!
Check the gas-tight ex‐
panding nuts for damage
and replace if necessary.
The expanding nuts seal
off the passenger com‐
partment from exhaust
gas and must always be
replaced if they are dam‐
aged.

284 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.6 Roof Edge Spoiler Overview

1 - Rear Lid
2 - Primer Surface
❑ For adhesive bead on
retaining strip.
❑ Position of primer sur‐
face should be transfer‐
red from adhesive bead
depression to retaining
strip.
3 - Primer Surface
❑ For adhesive bead on
roof edge spoiler.
❑ Position of primer sur‐
face is to be transferred
from roof edge spoiler. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
4 - Retaining Strip d by
V gu
ara
ise nte
❑ With recess for adhe‐ hor eo
ut
sive bead, bead diame‐ ss a ra
c
ter: width = 6 mm, height

ce
e
nl

= 10 mm.

pt
du

an
itte

y li
❑ Installation Information,
erm

ab
refer to

ility
ot p

⇒ “1.1.3 Roof Edge

wit
, is n

Spoiler Installation In‐

h re
formation”, page 277 .
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

5 - Adhesive Tape

t to the co
❑ Two strips for securing
sides of roof edge spoil‐
er.

rrectness of i
6 - Adhesive Surface
l purpos

❑ Is marked in interior side


of roof edge spoiler.

nform
ercia

7 - Foam Band
m

at
om

i
❑ Self-adhesive
on
c

in t
or

❑ Foam band should be checked for damage and replaced if necessary before installing roof edge spoiler.
his
ate

do
riv

8 - Roof Edge Spoiler


p

cum
for

❑ Material PC/PET
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
❑ Installation Information, refer to ⇒ “1.1.3 Roof Edge Spoiler Installation Information”, page 277 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 285


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.7 Sill Panel Cover Overview AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
Note horis nte
eo
aut ra
s c
The illustration shows a left fender. The right fender is identical. s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
1 - Sill Panel Cover pe

ility
ot

wit
❑ Removing and instal‐
, is n

h re
ling, refer to
hole

spec
⇒ “4.12 Sill Panel Cov‐
es, in part or in w

er”, page 324 .

t to the co
2 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐

rrectness of i
tion: 2 Nm
l purpos

❑ Quantity: 4
3 - Nuts

nform
ercia

❑ Quantity: 2
m

a
com

4 - Nuts

tion in
❑ Gas-tight
r
te o

thi
s
iva

❑ Quantity: 2

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
DANGER!
yi Co
Cop py
t.
Check the gas-tight ex‐
rig
gh ht
yri by
panding nuts for damage
op Vo
by c lksw
and replace if necessary. cted agen
Prote AG.

The expanding nuts seal


off the passenger com‐
partment from exhaust
gas and must always be
replaced if they are dam‐
aged.

286 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.8 Sill Panel Extension Overview, GTI

Note

The retaining strip is a component of the sill panel extension.

1 - Extended Sill Panel


2 - Bracket
❑ Secured to underbody
with expanding clip.
3 - Bolt
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ 1.2 Nm lksw
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
❑ Quantity: 9 ed b ara
nte
ris
o eo
4 - Bolt aut
h
ra
ss c
❑ 2 Nm

ce
le
un

pt
❑ For attaching the sill

an
d
itte

y li
panel extension
erm

ab
ility
❑ 2 each on the bracket
ot p

wit
is n

❑ 1 on the sill panel cover

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.9 Sill Panel Extension Overview, Golf R

Note

The following describe removing and installing the left sill panel
extension. Removing and installing the right sill panel extension
is identical.

2. Description and Operation 287


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

1 - Sill Panel Extension


❑ Removing, refer to
⇒ “4.14 Sill Panel Exten‐
sion, Golf R”,
page 330 .
❑ Installing, refer to
⇒ page 333 .
2 - Bolt
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ 2 Nm agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
❑ Sill panel extension ise
d b ara
nte
mount. uthor eo
a ra
❑ 3 each on the bracket. ss c

ce
e
nl
❑ 1 on the sill panel cover.

pt
du

an
itte

y li
3 - Adhesive Tape
erm

ab
ility
ot p

4 - Retaining Strip

wit
, is n

❑ Installing, refer to

h re
hole

⇒ page 333 .

spec
es, in part or in w

5 - Bolt

t to the co
❑ 1.2 Nm
❑ Secures retaining strip

rrectness of i
to sill panel.
l purpos

❑ Quantity: 9
6 - Bracket

nform
ercia

❑ Quantity: 2
m

at
❑ Secured to underbody
om

io
with expanding clip.

n
c

in t
or

his
e

7 - Expanding Nut
at

do
priv

c
❑ Pressed onto the under‐

um
for

body.

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

288 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.10 Special Component Overview,


agen
AG. VolGolf
kswageR
n AG d
o
ksw es n
Vol ot g
d by ua
ran
e
1 - Front Bumper Cover tho
ris tee
or
au
❑ Removing and instal‐ ss ac
ling, refer to

ce
le
un

pt
⇒ “4.3 Front Bumper,

an
d
itte
Golf R”, page 220 .

y li
erm

ab
ility
2 - Cover Strip
ot p

wit
is n

❑ Removing and instal‐

h re
ole,

ling, refer to

spec
⇒ “4.11 Sill Cover Strip”,
urposes, in part or in wh

page 323 .

t to the co
3 - Extended Sill Panel
❑ Removing and instal‐

rrectne
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.9 Sill Panel Exten‐

ss
sion Overview, Golf R”,

o
cial p

f
page 287 .

inform
mer

4 - Rear Bumper Cover

atio
m

❑ Removing and instal‐


o

n
c

ling, refer to

i
or

n thi
e

⇒ “4.7 Rear Bumper


t

sd
va

Cover, Golf R”,


i

o
pr

cum
r

page 228 .
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
5 - Rear Name Plate t. Cop py
rig
gh
❑ Rear name plate dimen‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
sions, refer to
o
by c lksw
cted agen
⇒ “3.1 Rear Name Plate Prote AG.
Dimensions”,
page 291 .
6 - Roof Edge Spoiler
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “4.8 Roof Edge Spoil‐
er”, page 318 .
7 - Emblem On the Radiator
Grille
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “4.3 Emblem on Radiator Grille, Golf R”, page 301 .

2. Description and Operation 289


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

2.11 Wheel Cover Trim Overview

1 - Rear Wheel Cover Trim


❑ Self-adhesive, attached
to the wheel housing lin‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
er by a screw -2- lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
❑ Removing: ir se
d ran
tee
tho
or
– Remove the screw -2-. ss
au ac

ce
e
nl
– Warm the rear wheel

pt
du

an
cover trim with a -V.A.G

itte

y li
erm
1416- and carefully re‐

ab
ility
move it. ot p

wit
, is n

❑ Installing:

h re
hole

spec
– Install the rear wheel
es, in part or in w

cover trim flush with the

t to the co
rear bumper cover sep‐
aration and side panel.

rrectness of i
– Remove the protective
l purpos

backing and forcefully


press on the wheel cov‐
er trim.

nform
ercia

– Install the rear wheel


m

at
om

cover trim with a bolt

ion
c

-2-.

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

2 - Bolt
p

cum
or

❑ Tightening specifica‐
f

en
ng

t.
tion: 2 Nm
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
3 - Front Wheel Cover Trim
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
❑ Self-adhesive
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ removing:
– Warm the front wheel
cover trim with a Hot Air
Gun -V.A.G 1416- and
carefully remove it.
❑ Installing:
– Clean the adhesive surface with adhesive remover -D 002 000 10- .

– Install the front wheel cover trim flush with the front wheel cover separation and the fender.

– Remove the protective backing -4- and forcefully press on the wheel cover trim.

4 - Protective Film
❑ Must be removed before adhering.

290 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3 Specifications
⇒ “3.1 Rear Name Plate Dimensions”, page 291
⇒ “3.2 Rear Name Plate, GTI”, page 292
⇒ “3.3 Rear Name Plate, Golf R”, page 293
⇒ “3.4 Emblem Adidas on B-Pillar”, page 294
⇒ “3.5 Emblem STYLE on B-Pillar”, page 295
⇒ “3.6 Tightening Specifications”, page 295

3.1 Rear Name Plate Dimensions

1 - Name Plate
❑ Depending on the mod‐
el designation
2 - Name Plate
❑ Engine designation
3 - Side Dimension
❑ 30 mm from the outer
edge of the rear lid to the
name plate. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
4 - Height Dimension d by V gu
ara
ise nte
❑ 25 mm from the lower uthor eo
edge of the rear lid to the ss a ra
c
name plate.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Specifications 291
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3.2 Rear Name Plate, GTI

Note

♦ The name plate GTI is attached to the left side of where the name plate Golf is located.
♦ The dimensions are identical to the dimensions for the Golf name plate.

1 - Name Plate
❑ GTI
2 - Height Dimension
❑ It is 25 mm from the low‐
er edge of the tail lamp
to the name plate. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V
3 - Side Dimension d by gu
ara
rise nte
❑ 30 mm from the outer utho eo
ra
edge of the rear lid to the ss a c
name plate.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

292 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3.3 Rear Name Plate, Golf R

1 - Name Plate R
❑ Model designation
2 - Height Dimension
❑ It is 15 mm from the low‐
er edge of the tail lamp
to the name plate.
3 - Side Dimension
❑ 70 mm from the outer
edge of the rear lid to the
name plate.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Specifications 293
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3.4 Emblem Adidas on B-Pillar

1 - Emblem
❑ Attached on the B-pillar
trim.
❑ 2 and 4 door
2 - Height Dimension for 2 door AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ 32.5 mm from the em‐ olksw not
yV gu
blem to the window se d b ara
nte
shaft strip. thori
eo
au ra
c
3 - Side Dimension, 2 door
ss

ce
le
un

❑ 25 mm from the front

pt
an
d
itte

edge of the trim to the

y li
erm

ab
emblem.

ility
ot p

4 - Height Dimension for 4 door

wit
is n

h re
❑ 32.5 mm from the em‐
ole,

spec
blem to the window
urposes, in part or in wh

shaft strip.

t to the co
5 - Side Dimension, 4 door
❑ 20 mm from the front

rrectne
edge of the trim to the
emblem.

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

294 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

3.5 Emblem STYLE on B-Pillar

Note

♦ The illustration shows only a 4 door vehicle.


♦ The side dimensions for 2 and 4 door vehicles are different.

1 - Emblem
❑ Attached on the B-pillar
trim
❑ 2 and 4 door
2 - Side Dimension a
❑ Dimension (a) for 2
door, 18.5 mm from the
front edge of the trim to
the emblem.
❑ Dimension (a) for 4
door, 11 mm from the
front edge of the trim to
the emblem.
3 - Side Dimension b
❑ Dimension (b) for 2
door, 18 mm from the
rear edge of the trim to
the emblem.
❑ Dimension (b) for 4
door, 11.5 mm from the
rear edge of the trim to
the emblem.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
4 - Height Dimension c Volksw
oes
not
by gu
❑ Same dimension for 2 rised ara
nte
and 4 door vehicles. ut
ho eo
ra
a
❑ 15 mm from the emblem ss c ce
e

to the window shaft


nl

pt
du

strip.
an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

3.6 Tightening Specifications


l purpos

Tightening Specifications
nf
ercia

Component Tightening Specifications


orm
m

Anti-Rodent screen bolts 2 Nm


atio
om

n in

Anti-Rodent protection bolts 25 Nm


or c

thi
e

Golf R emblem bolt 2 Nm


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

Mirror adjusting unit bolts 2 Nm


o

m
f

en
ng

Exterior rearview mirror frame 1 Nm


t.
yi Co
op
bolts
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Exterior rearview mirror bolts 10 Nm
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Specifications 295
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Component Tightening Specifications


Wheel housing liner bolts 2 Nm
Radiator grille bolts 25 Nm AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Sill panel extension (GTI) bolts 2 Nm byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

296 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4 Removal and Installation


⇒ “4.1 Anti-Rodent System”, page 297 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V
⇒ “4.2 Drip Rail”, page 298 ed by gu
ara
ris nte
o
⇒ “4.3 Emblem on Radiator Grille,auGolf
th R”, page 301 eo
ra
ss c
⇒ “4.4 Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 302

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
⇒ “4.5 Front Wheel Housing Liner”, page 311 itte

y li
erm

ab
⇒ “4.6 Rear Wheel Housing Liner”, page 313

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

⇒ “4.7 Radiator Grille”, page 316

h re
hole

spec
⇒ “4.8 Roof Edge Spoiler”, page 318
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “4.9 Roof Edge Spoiler Retaining Strip”, page 320
⇒ “4.10 Sill Cover Strip Installation Instructions”, page 322

rrectness of i
⇒ “4.11 Sill Cover Strip”, page 323
l purpos

⇒ “4.12 Sill Panel Cover”, page 324


⇒ “4.13 Sill Panel Extension, GTI”, page 325

nf
ercia

or
⇒ “4.14 Sill Panel Extension, Golf R”, page 330

m
m

atio
m

⇒ “4.15 Stone Chip Protective Molding”, page 334


o

n in
or c

thi
e

⇒ “4.16 Wheel Cover Trim”, page 338


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
4.1 Anti-Rodent System
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Removing C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
Note
agen
Prote AG.

The wheel and the suspension strut are not shown in the illustra‐
tion.

– Remove the bolts -1-.


– Remove the components from the vehicle.

4. Removal and Installation 297


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove the screws -2- from the protection -1-.

Note

The protection may look different on different engine types.

Installation
– Install the front protection. Pay attention to the guide -arrow-.

– Tighten the bolts -1- to 2 Nm.

– Tighten the screws -2- on the protection -1- to 25 Nm.


Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Bolts -1- 2 Nm
Bolts -2- 25 Nm

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
4.2 Drip Rail
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li

Removing
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Note
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

The following describes removing and installing the right drip rail.
t to the co

Removing and installing the left drip rail is identical.


rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by

298
co Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment cted agen
Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Pry drip rail -1- from retaining strip -2- starting from top.
– Remove the drip rail -1- from the grommet at the bottom of the
fender -3-.
Installation

4. Removal and Installation 299


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
Golf 2009 ➤ horis
eo
ut
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011
ss a ra
c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Install the drip rail -1- into the grommet -3-.


– Push the drip rail -1- from underneath into the bracket -2-.
When doing this, guide the lip on the drip rail -1- behind the
edge of the windshield.

Note

♦ When the drip rail is installed, check the sealing lip on the fender. If necessary, smooth out the sealing lip
with light pressure.
♦ Check the position of the upper edge. The lip must be touching the upper edge and must not be above the
edge of the roof.

300 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4.3 Emblem on Radiator Grille, Golf R

Note

Can be removed only when radiator grille -2- is removed

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in

Removing
r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Remove radiator grille. Refer to


do
r
rp

⇒ “4.7 Radiator Grille”, page 316 .


um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
– Remove the bolt -2- from the inside of the radiator grille -3-.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Remove the emblem R -1- toward the front and from the radi‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
ator grille -3-.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installation
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening specification for bolt -2-: 2 Nm.

4. Removal and Installation 301


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Bolts -2- 2 Nm

4.4 Exterior Rearview Mirror


⇒ “4.4.1 Mirror Glass”, page 302
⇒ “4.4.2 Adjusting Unit with Motor”, page 304
⇒ “4.4.3 Frame”, page 305
⇒ “4.4.4 Mirror Housing”, page 307
⇒ “4.4.5 Turn Signal and Entry Lamp Inside Exterior Mirror”, page
309
⇒ “4.4.6 Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 310

4.4.1 Mirror Glass swage


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
olk ot g
yV
Special tools and workshop equipment d b required ua
ran
ir se tee
ho
♦ Pry Lever -80-200- aut or
ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Note
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
The following describes removing and installing the left mirror
ot p

wit
glass only. Removing and installing the right mirror glass is iden‐
, is n

h re
tical.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Removing
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

302 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

Note
l purpos

Protect the paintwork on the edge of the housing with fabric-reinforced adhesive tape.
nf
ercia

– Press the bottom of the mirror glass -1- into the mirror housing
orm

-3-.
m

atio
om

n in

– Remove the mirror glass -1- from the bracket -2- and housing
or c

thi

-3- in -direction of arrow a- using the -80-200- .


te

sd
iva

o
r

– Move the mirror glass -1- in -direction of arrow b- and discon‐


rp

cu
o

nect the mirror heater connector -4- on the back of the mirror
f

en
ng

t.
yi
glass -1-.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Installation
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 303


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Connect the mirror heater connector -3- to the mirror glass


-1-.
– Move the mirror glass -1- in -direction of arrow a-.
– Press the mirror glass -1- in the center and
in-direction of arrow b- onto the mount -2- inside the housing
-4-.
– The mirror glass -1- audibly engages.

4.4.2 Adjusting Unit with Motor


Removing

304 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove the mirror glass.


nform
ercia

– Remove bolts -2- (quantity: 3).


m

at

– Move the adjusting unit and motor -1- to the side and discon‐
om

io

nect the connector -3-.


n
c

in t
or

his
e

Installation
at

do
priv

cum

To install, perform the steps used for removal in reverse order.


for

en
ng

t.
yi
– Tightening specifications for bolts -1-: 2 Nm.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
• Perform a function test before installing the mirror glass. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Tightening Specifications
agen
Prote AG.

Component Tightening Specifications


Bolts -1- 2 Nm

4.4.3 Frame
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Pry Lever -80-200-

4. Removal and Installation 305


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note

The following described removing and installing the left frame.


Removing and installing the right frame is identical.

Removing

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the mirror glass.


– Remove the bolts -2-.
– Disengage the hooks -arrows a- with a screwdriver.
– Pry out the catch -arrows b- from underneath using a screw‐
driver.
– Remove the frame -1- using the -80-200- .
– Remove the frame -1-.

306 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Installation

Note agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
by ar
Always check the catches is for damage and replace if necessary.ante
ed
or eo
th
s au ra
c
To install, perform the steps used for removal in reverse order. s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Tightening specifications for bolts -2- 1 Nm.

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
• Then perform a function test.

ility
ot p

wit
Tightening Specifications
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Component Tightening Specifications
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Bolts -1- 1 Nm

4.4.4 Mirror Housing

rrectness of i
l purpos

Note

nform
ercia

The following describes removing and installing the left mirror


housing. Removing and installing the right mirror housing is iden‐
m

at
om

tical.

ion
c

in t
or

his
e

Removing
at

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 307


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the mirror glass.


– Remove the frame.
– Disengage the catch -arrows a- on the mirror housing -1- with
a screwdriver.
– Squeeze the hooks -arrows b- and remove the mirror housing
-1- from the turn signal -2-.
Installation

Note

Always check the catches for damage and replace if necessary.

To install, perform the steps used for removal in reverse order.


• Then perform a function test.

308 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4.4.5 Turn Signal and Entry Lamp Inside Ex‐


terior Mirror

Note

♦ The following describes removing and installing the left turn


signal. Removing and installing the right turn signal is identical.
♦ The turn signals have LEDs rather than bulbs.
♦ It is not possible to replace the LED. The entire turn signal must
be replaced if damaged.

Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the mirror glass. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
– Remove the frame.
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Remove the mirror housing..
Prote AG.

Removing Entry Lamp Inside Exterior Mirror


– Remove the entry lamp -3- from the turn signal -1- in
-direction of arrow-.

4. Removal and Installation 309


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Remove the bulb socket -4- from the entry lamp -3-.
Removing Turn Signals
– Disconnect the connector -2- from turn signal -1-.
Installation
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
ot g
Note d byV
o
ua
ran
ir se tee
ho
Always check the catches for damage sand
au replace if necessary.
t or
ac
s

ce
le
un

pt
To install, perform the steps used for removal in reverse order.

an
d
itte

y li
• Then perform a function test.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

4.4.6 Exterior Rearview Mirror

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Note

t to the co
The following describes removing and installing the left exterior
mirror. Removing and installing the right exterior mirror is identi‐

rrectne
cal.

ss
Removing

o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

310 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

– Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;


itte

y li
erm

Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .


ab
ility
ot p

– Loosen the cable tie -3- and disconnect the connector -4- on
wit
, is n

the exterior mirror -1-.


h re
hole

spec

– Remove the bolt -2-.


es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Remove the exterior mirror -1- and guide the wire through
opening in the door.
rrectness of i

Installation
l purpos

To install, perform the steps used for removal in reverse order.


– Tighten the bolt -2- to 10 Nm.
nf
ercia

• A function test must be performed before door trim is installed.


rm
m

atio
m

Tightening Specifications
o

n in
or c

thi
e

Component Tightening Specifications


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

Bolts -2- 10 Nm
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
4.5 Front Wheel Housing Liner
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
Removing copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 311


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Rear Part of Wheel Housing Liner


– Remove the wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering;
Rep. Gr. 44 ; Removal and Installation .
– Remove the bolts -2-.
– Remove the rear part of the wheel housing liner -1- from the
fender.
Front Part of Wheel Housing Liner
– Remove the bolts -4-.
– Remove front part of wheel housing liner -3-.
Installation

312 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

Note
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Check the expanding nuts -5- for damage and replace if necessary.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Installing the front part of the wheel housing liner -3- and the back
Prote AG.

part -1- is in reverse order of removal.


– Install and tighten the bolts -2- and -4-. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Front Wheel Housing Liner Overview”, page 283 .
Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
Wheel housing liner bolts 2 Nm

4.6 Rear Wheel Housing Liner


Removing

4. Removal and Installation 313


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Golf 2009 ➤ d by
V gu
ara
e nte
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011 horis
eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering;


Rep. Gr. 44 ; Removal and Installation
– Remove the bolts -2-.
– Remove the back part of the wheel housing liner -1- from the
wheel housing.
Installation

314 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
Note s
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

Check the expanding nuts -3- for damage and replace if necessary.
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

DANGER!
h re
hole

spec

Check the gas-tight expanding nuts -4- for damage and replace
es, in part or in w

t to the co

if necessary.
The expanding nuts seal off the passenger compartment from
exhaust gas and must always be replaced if they are damaged.
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Install the rear wheel housing liner -1- making sure it is not
bent.
nform
ercia

– Install and tighten the screws -2-.


m

at
om

io

– Install the wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering;


n
c

in t
or

Rep. Gr. 44 ; Removal and Installation .


his
ate

do
riv

Tightening Specifications
p

cum
for

en
ng

Wheel housing liner bolts 2 Nm


t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by

315
co Vo
by lksw
cted
4. Removal and Installation
agen
Prote AG.
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4.7 Radiator Grille


Removing

Note

♦ The description applies to all models.


♦ It may look different on different models. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the bolts -2-.


– Remove the radiator grille -1- from the front bumper cover in
-direction of arrow-.

Note

There are locking tabs that are located at the bottom of the radiator grille that may have to be released.

Installation

316 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness
– Install the radiator grille -1- into the front bumper cover.

o
cial p

f in
– Using light pressure, engage the radiator -1- into the front form
mer

bumper cover in -direction of arrow-.


atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi

Note
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r

Align the radiator grille -1- if necessary.


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
– Install and tighten the bolts -2- to 2 Nm.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Tightening Specifications
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Component Tightening Specifications
Bolts -2- 25 Nm

4. Removal and Installation 317


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4.8 Roof Edge Spoiler


Removing

WARNING

Before beginning the work, clean and seal off all surrounding
part.
Never use cutting wire to remove the spoiler on the edge of the
roof.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Thread cutting wire -6- between the rear lid -1- and spoiler on
the edge of the roof -4-.
nform
ercia

– With “sawing motion” of both pull handles -5-, cut through ad‐
m

at
om

hesive tape -2- and adhesive bead -3- on one side.


on
c

in t
or

– Repeat cutting of adhesive tape and adhesive bead on other


his
ate

side.
do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
318
AG.
Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his

– Insert several Removal Wedge -3409- between the rear lid


ate

do
riv

-1- and spoiler on the edge of the roof -arrows a- until all the
p

cum

hooks -2- have been disengaged. A clear and definite click


for

en
g

must be heard.
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Remove the side hooks -dimension c- = 260 mm (10.25 inches)
t. rig
gh ht
yri
and -dimension d- = 400 mm (15.75 inches).
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
– Reach between the spoiler on the edge of the roof and the rear
Prote AG.

lid, press the spoiler -3- on the rear lid and remove the it up‐
ward -arrows b- from the catches -4-.
Installation

Note

Check the hooks for damage to see if a new spoiler is needed.

4. Removal and Installation 319


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
Golf 2009 ➤ d by gu
ara
ise nte
Body Exterior - Edition
thor 06.2011 eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Apply adhesive bead to primed surface -3- or roof edge spoil‐


er.
– Place roof edge spoiler -5- on retaining strip -6-.
– Align roof edge spoiler -5- to rear lid -1- and press roof edge
spoiler into catch on retaining strip.
– With new rear edge spoilers, remove adhesive tape protective
foil -4- and press roof edge spoiler firmly into retaining strip.
– With reused roof edge spoiler, secure corners to rear lid with
commercially available adhesive tape.

4.9 Roof Edge Spoiler Retaining Strip


Removing

Note

It is not possible to remove the retaining strip without breaking it.

320 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re

– Cut through adhesive bead -2- with help of cutting wire and
hole

spec

pull handles.
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Remove the retaining strip from the rear lid. When doing this,
any remaining adhesive -2- will come loose. The hooks -4- in
the brake lamp opening will likewise disengage.
rrectness of i

Installing
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 321


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
e

– Apply adhesive bead in retaining strip depression.


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

– Align the retaining strip -3- on the brake lamp opening.


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
– Press the retaining strip securely to the rear lid -1- until the
Co
op py
hooks -4- engage.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Secure the retaining strip with tape.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.10 Sill Cover Strip Installation Instructions

Note

♦ Descriptions and versions may vary depending on the model.


♦ The covers cannot be removed without damaging them.
♦ The assembly procedure describes the left cover strip. The
procedure for the right cover strip is the same.

♦ Make sure the adhesive surfaces are free of dust and grease.
♦ If removing the cover strip, only use the adhesive remover -D
002 000 10- to remove the adhesive residue.
♦ Bond the cover strip immediately after cleaning the surface
that will be bonded.

322 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

♦ Peel off the protective film just before installing.


♦ The temperature must be approximately 18 ℃ (64 °F).

4.11 Sill Cover Strip


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Hot Air Gun -V.A.G 1416-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

Removing
l purpos

– Heat the cover strip -1- with a -V.A.G 1416- and remove the
cover strip from the sill panel.
nform
ercia

Installation
m

a
com

ti

Follow the installation instructions. Refer to


on in

⇒ “4.10 Sill Cover Strip Installation Instructions”, page 322 .


r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Remove the protective backing from the new cover strip -1-.
do
r
rp

cum
fo

– Apply the cover strip -1- according to -dimension a- onto the


en
ng

t.
yi
entry point.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Dimension -a- = 35 mm
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Distance from the cover strip -1- to the sill panel strip -2-.
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 323


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4.12 Sill Panel Cover


Removing

Note

The following describes removing and installing the left sill panel
cover. Removing and installing the right sill panel cover is identi‐
cal.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the screw -4- and move the rear wheel housing liner
-3- to the side.
– Remove the bolts -2-.
– Remove the sill panel cover -1-.
Installation

324 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

Note

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

Check the expanding nuts -3 and 4- for damage and replace if necessary.
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
DANGER! rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Check the gas-tight expanding nuts -4- for damage and replace Prote AG.
if necessary.
The expanding nuts seal off the passenger compartment from
exhaust gas and must always be replaced if they are damaged.

– Install the sill panel cover -1- and tighten the screws -2-.
– Position the wheel housing liner -5- and tighten the screw
-6-.

4.13 Sill Panel Extension, GTI


Removing

4. Removal and Installation 325


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Golf 2009 ➤ by Vol
gu
ara
d
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011 orise nte
eo
th
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the screws -2- from both bracket -3- from underneath
and remove the sill panel cover.

326 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

– Slide the sill panel trim -1- forward -arrows a- until it is possible
o
r
rp

cu

to remove it from the screws -2- -arrows b-.


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Screw Dimensions Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
Note
agen
Prote AG.

♦ The screws for the stone chip protective molding are protected against corrosion. It is not necessary to apply
corrosion protection again.
♦ If a screw was over-torqued, this must be replaced with a “black” oversize screw.

4. Removal and Installation 327


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Measure the holes according to the table.


– Punch the hose for the screws.
– Drill holes with a 1.5 mm bit.

Note

♦ The measurement -a- includes the wheel housing liner -1-. The other measurements -b through i- are always
measured starting from the center hole.
♦ Measurement -k- is made only on a 4-door vehicle.
♦ If the vehicle is a 2-door vehicle, then the measurement -k- must be aligned in height according to the front
holes.

Dimensions table
Dimension -a- = 997 mm
Dimension -b- = 712 mm
Dimension -c- = 457 mm
Dimension -d- = 302 mm
Dimension -e- = 147 mm
Dimension -f- = 628 mm

328 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Dimension -g- = 473 mm


Dimension -h- = 318 mm
Dimension -i- = 163 mm
Dimension -k- = 35 mm

Installation

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Install the self-tapping screws -2- with a cordless drill -VAS


nform
ercia

5036- at highest speed until threads catch.


m

at

– Remove the cordless drill.


om

ion
c

in t
r

– Tighten screw with lowest torque so that screw is not over-


o

his
te

torqued.
a

do
priv

cum
or

– Position the rocker panel extension -1- evenly -arrows a- with


f

en
ng

over the screws -2- until the rocker panel extension touches
t.
yi Co
op
the sill panels -3-. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Position the rocker panel extension with a second mechanic so
op Vo
by c lksw
that all screws remain in the openings when molding is slid on. cted agen
Prote AG.

– Slide the sill panel trim forcefully opposite direction of travel


-arrows b- to stop.

4. Removal and Installation 329


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Make sure the expanding pin -4- is completely inside the


wit
, is n

bracket -3- -arrow-.


h re
hole

spec

– Install the bolts -2- in both brackets -3- and in the sill panel
es, in part or in w

cover. Tightening specification: 2 Nm.


t to the co

Tightening Specifications
Component Tightening Specifications
rrectness of i

Bolts -2- 2 Nm
l purpos

4.14 Sill Panel Extension, Golf R


nform
ercia

Special tools and workshop equipment required


m

at
om

io

♦ Hot Air Gun -V.A.G 1416-


n
c

in t
or

his
e

♦ Cordless Drill -VAS 5036-


at

do
priv

cum

Removing
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

330 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
– Remove
ss bolts -2- (quantity: 4).
ce
le
un

pt

– Warm sill panel extension -1- in adhesive surface area -3- be‐
an
d
itte

fore removal with -V.A.G 1416- .


y li
erm

ab
ility

– Loosen the adhesive tape and carefully guide a plastic wedge


ot p

-4- between the sill panel strip and the rocker panel extension
wit
is n

h re

-1-.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– As soon as the bonded joint loosens, lift out the rocker panel
t to the co

extension -1- upward from the retaining strip.


rrectne

Note

♦ The assembly procedure describes the left retaining strip for


ss

the sill panel extension. The procedure is identical for the right
o
cial p

f i

retaining strip for the sill panel extension.


nform
mer

♦ The bolts for the retaining strip are protected against corro‐
atio
m

sion. It is not necessary to apply corrosion protection again.


o

n
c

i
or

n thi

♦ If a screw was over-torqued, this must be replaced with a


te

sd
a

“black” oversize screw.


iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
Screw Dimensions
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Dimension -a- = 855 mm
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen

331
Prote AG.
4. Removal and Installation
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Dimension -b- = 822 mm


Dimension -c- = 617 mm
Dimension -d- = 411 mm
Dimension -e- = 205 mm
Dimension -f- = 822 mm
Dimension -g- = 617 mm
Dimension -h- = 411 mm
Dimension -i- = 205 mm
– Measure the openings according to the table above.
– Punch the hose for the screws.
– Drill the openings with a 1.5 mm diameter drill.

Note

The measurement -a- includes the wheel housing liner. The other measurements -b through i- are always
measured starting from the center hole.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

332 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Retaining Strip Installation


– Install the self-tapping screws -2- with a -VAS 5036- at highest
speed until threads catch. The -VAS 5036- must now be re‐
moved.
– Tighten screw with lowest torque so that screw is not over-
torqued.
– Position retainingastrip -1-
n AG. Voevenly -arrow
lkswagen AG do a- with openings on
w ge
all bolts -2- until
Volksretaining strip comes in contact
es n
ot g with sill panels
y
-2-. sed b ua
ran
ri tee
ho
Position
au retaining strip with a second mechanic so that all
t or screws
ac
remain
ss in the openings when molding is slid on.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Slide retaining strip forcefully opposite direction of travel

an
itte

y li
-arrow b- to stop.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Installation

wit
, is n

h re
Assembly Information
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Always clean the adhesive surfaces immediately before ap‐


plying the sill panel extension with the adhesive remover -D
002000 10- and the cleaning solution -D 009 401 04- .
– Place the sill panel extension -1- from above into the retaining
strip -3- at the same time and press the sill panel extension

4. Removal and Installation 333


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

into he retaining strip until the components engage one an‐


other.
– Align the sill panel extension -1- lengthwise in the vehicle.
– Insert the front bolt on the fender on the sill panel extension
-1-.
– Align the sill panel extension -1- to the vehicle.
– Secure the bolts -5-, beginning with the front
wage
screw
n AG. Voon the
lkswagen AG
does
fender. y Volks not
gu b ara
ed
– Check the position of the sill panel
ris extension -1- one more nte
tho e
time. sa
u or
ac
s
– Now pull back the protective backing -2- of the double sided

ce
le
un

pt
tape on the sill panel extension -1-.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
– First press the sill panel extension-1- evenly and forcefully
pe

ility
near the adhesive surfaces.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
4.15 Stone Chip Protective Molding
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Special tools and workshop equipment required

t to the co
♦ Cordless Drill -VAS 5036-
Removing

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

334 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

– Insert a small screwdriver through the opening in the stone


chip protective molding -1- from underneath and open the
catch -2- from the above -arrow a-.
– Push the stone chip protective molding -1- forward -arrow b-
until the screwdriver touches the screw -3-. Now remove the
screwdriver.
– Slide stone chip protective molding farther until it can be re‐
moved from all retaining screws.
Screw Dimensions

Note

♦ The screws for the stone chip protective molding are protected against corrosion. It is not necessary to apply
corrosion protection again.
♦ If a screw was over-torqued, this must be replaced with a “black” oversize screw.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Measure the holes according to the table.


– Punch the hose for the screws.
– Drill holes with a 1.5 mm bit.

4. Removal and Installation 335


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

Note

♦ The measurement -a- includes the wheel housing liner -1-. The other measurements -b through i- are always
measured starting from the center hole.
♦ Measurement -k- is made only on a 4-door vehicle.
♦ If the vehicle is a 2-door vehicle, then the measurement -k- must be aligned in height according to the front
holes.

Dimensions Table
Dimension -a- = 855 mm
Dimension -b- = 822 mm
Dimension -c- = 617 mm
Dimension -d- = 411 mm
Dimension -e- = 205 mm
Dimension -f- = 822 mm
Dimension -g- = 617 mm
Dimension -h- = 411 mm
Dimension -i- = 205 mm
Dimension -k- = 35 mm

Installation

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
336
cted agen
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment
Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

– Install the self-tapping screws -2- with a -VAS 5036- at highest

h re
hole

speed until threads catch.

spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove the -VAS 5036- .

t to the co
– Tighten screw with lowest torque so that screw is not over-
torqued.
rrectness of i
– Position stone chip protective molding -1- evenly -arrow a- with
l purpos

openings on rear side over all screws -2- until molding comes
in contact with side members -3-.
nform
ercia

Position stone chip protective molding -1- with a second mechanic


so that all screws -2- remain in the openings when molding is slid
m

a
com

on.
ion in
r
te o

thi

– Slide stone chip protective molding -1- forcefully opposite di‐


s
iva

rection of travel -arrow b- to stop.


do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 337


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

4.16 Wheel Cover Trim

Note

♦ Front and rear wheel trim is necessary on vehicles with 19 inch


rim/tire combination.
♦ The wheel cover trim cannot be removed without being dam‐
aged.
♦ The following describes installing the left front and rear wheel
cover trim. Installing the right front and rearagwheel
n AG. Vcover trim
olkswagen AG
w e does
is identical. y Volks not
g b ua
ed ran
oris tee
♦ Make sure the adhesive surfaces
au
th are free of dust and grease. or
ac
ss
♦ If the wheel cover trim is removed or installed, the remaining

ce
e
nl

pt
adhesive must be removed using the adhesive remover -D
du

an
itte

002 000 10- .

y li
erm

ab
ility
♦ Bond the wheel cover trim immediately after cleaning the sur‐
ot p

face that will be bonded.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

♦ Peel off the protective film just before installing.

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ Temperature approximately 18 °C (65 °F).

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

338 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

5 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Cutting Tool Kit -V.A.G 1474 A-
♦ Suction Lifter -V.A.G 1344-
♦ Cutting Tools For Glass -V.A.G 1351-
♦ Window Removing Kit -V.A.G 1755-
♦ Cartridge Gun -V.A.G 1628-
♦ Cartridge Heater -V.A.G 1939-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
♦ Cordless Drill -VAS 5036-
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Torque Screwdriver -V.A.G 1624-

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
♦ Pop Rivet Pliers -VAS 5072- t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Special Tools 339


Golf 2009 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 06.2011

♦ Hot Air Gun -V.A.G 1416-

♦ Pry Lever -80-200-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Torque Wrench -V.A.G
lksw1783-
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do

Edition 04012013JY
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

340 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Cautions & Warnings
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
Please read these WARNINGS
thoris and CAUTIONS before nproceeding
tee
or
with maintenance
u
and repair work. You
ss a must answer that you have read and ac you understand these

ce
le
WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before you will be allowed to view this information.
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
•= If you lack the skills, tools and equipment, or a suitable workshop for any procedure described in this manual, we

ility
ot p

suggest you leave such repairs to an authorized Volkswagen retailer or other qualified shop. We especially urge

wit
is n

h re
you to consult an authorized Volkswagen retailer before beginning repairs on any vehicle that may still be covered
ole,

wholly or in part by any of the extensive warranties issued by Volkswagen.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
•= Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) whenever you work on the fuel system or the electrical
system. Do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards. Keep an approved fire extinguisher handy.

rrectne
•= Volkswagen is constantly improving its vehicles and sometimes these changes, both in parts and specifications,
are made applicable to earlier models. Therefore, part numbers listed in this manual are for reference only. Always

ss
check with your authorized Volkswagen retailer parts department for the latest information.

o
cial p

f inform
mer

•= Any time the battery has been disconnected on an automatic transmission vehicle, it will be necessary to

atio
reestablish Transmission Control Module (TCM) basic settings using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST).
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

•= Never work under a lifted vehicle unless it is solidly supported on stands designed for the purpose. Do not support
t

sd
va

a vehicle on cinder blocks, hollow tiles or other props that may crumble under continuous load. Never work under a
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

vehicle that is supported solely by a jack. Never work under the vehicle while the engine is running.
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
•= For vehicles equipped with an anti-theft radio, be sure of the correct radio activation code before disconnecting the
ht. rig
rig ht
by
battery or removing the radio. If the wrong code is entered when the power is restored, the radio may lock up and
by copy Vo
lksw
become inoperable, even if the correct code is used in a later attempt. Prote
cted AG.
agen

•= If you are going to work under a vehicle on the ground, make sure that the ground is level. Block the wheels to
keep the vehicle from rolling. Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) to prevent others from
starting the vehicle while you are under it.

•= Do not attempt to work on your vehicle if you do not feel well. You increase the danger of injury to yourself and
others if you are tired, upset or have taken medicine or any other substances that may impair you or keep you from
being fully alert.

•= Never run the engine unless the work area is well ventilated. Carbon monoxide (CO) kills.

•= Always observe good workshop practices. Wear goggles when you operate machine tools or work with acid. Wear
goggles, gloves and other protective clothing whenever the job requires working with harmful substances.

•= Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, a scarf, loose clothing, or a necklace when you work near
machine tools or running engines. If your hair, clothing, or jewelry were to get caught in the machinery, severe
injury could result.

•= Do not re-use any fasteners that are worn or deformed in normal use. Some fasteners are designed to be used
only once and are unreliable and may fail if used a second time. This includes, but is not limited to, nuts, bolts,
washers, circlips and cotter pins. Always follow the recommendations in this manual - replace these fasteners with
new parts where indicated, and any other time it is deemed necessary by inspection.

Page 1 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
Cautions & Warnings
•= Illuminate the work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the vehicle.
Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled
fuel or oil.

•= Friction materials such as brake pads and clutch discs may contain asbestos fibers. Do not create dust by
grinding, sanding, or by cleaning with compressed air. Avoid breathing asbestos fibers and asbestos dust.
Breathing asbestos can cause serious diseases such as asbestosis or cancer, and may result in death.

•= Finger rings should be removed so that they cannot cause electrical shorts, get caught in running machinery, or be
crushed by heavy parts.

•= Before starting a job, make certain that you have all the necessary tools and parts on hand. Read all the
instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts. Use tools that are appropriate to the work and use only
replacement parts meeting Volkswagen specifications. Makeshift tools, parts and procedures will not make good
repairs.

•= Catch draining fuel, oil or brake fluid in suitable containers. Do not use empty food or beverage containers that
might mislead someone into drinking from them. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Wipe up spills at
once, but do not store the soily n AG. Volkswagen AG do and burn spontaneously.
wagerags, which can ignite es
olk not
yV gu
edb ara
•= Use pneumatic and ris electric tools only to loosen threaded partsnte and fasteners. Never use these tools to tighten
ho eo
aut
fasteners, especially on light alloy parts. Always use a torque wrenchra to tighten fasteners to the tightening torque
ss c
listed.
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

•= Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of the battery. If escaping hydrogen gas is
y li
erm

ab

ignited, it will ignite gas trapped in the cells and cause the battery to explode.
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

•=
h re

Be mindful of the environment and ecology. Before you drain the crankcase, find out the proper way to dispose of
hole

the oil. Do not pour oil onto the ground, down a drain, or into a stream, pond, or lake. Consult local ordinances that
spec
es, in part or in w

govern the disposal of wastes.


t to the co

•= The air-conditioning (A/C) system is filled with a chemical refrigerant that is hazardous. The A/C system should be
serviced only by trained automotive service technicians using approved refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment,
rrectness of i

trained in related safety precautions, and familiar with regulations governing the discharging and disposal of
l purpos

automotive chemical refrigerants.

•= Before doing any electrical welding on vehicles equipped with anti-lock brakes (ABS), disconnect the battery
nform
ercia

negative terminal (ground strap) and the ABS control module connector.
m

at
om

ion
c

•= Do not expose any part of the A/C system to high temperatures such as open flame. Excessive heat will increase
in t
or

his
e

system pressure and may cause the system to burst.


at

do
priv

cum
or

•= When boost-charging the battery, first remove the fuses for the Engine Control Module (ECM), the Transmission
f

en
ng

i t.
Control Module (TCM), the ABS control module, and the trip computer. In cases where one or more of these
py Co
Co py
components is not separately fused, disconnect the control module connector(s). ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
•= Some of the vehicles covered by this manual are equipped with a supplemental restraint system (SRS), that
Prote
cted AG.
agen
automatically deploys an airbag in the event of a frontal impact. The airbag is operated by an explosive device.
Handled improperly or without adequate safeguards, it can be accidentally activated and cause serious personal
injury. To guard against personal injury or airbag system failure, only trained Volkswagen Service technicians
should test, disassemble or service the airbag system.

Page 2 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
o
Cautions & Warnings th eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
•= Do not quick-charge the battery (for boost starting) for longer than one minute, and do not exceed 16.5 volts at the

itte

y li
erm

ab
battery with the boosting cables attached. Wait at least one minute before boosting the battery a second time.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
•= Never use a test light to conduct electrical tests of the airbag system. The system must only be tested by trained

h re
hole
Volkswagen Service technicians using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST) or an approved equivalent. The airbag unit

spec
must never be electrically tested while it is not installed in the vehicle.

es, in part or in w

t to the co
•= Some aerosol tire inflators are highly flammable. Be extremely cautious when repairing a tire that may have been
inflated using an aerosol tire inflator. Keep sparks, open flame or other sources of ignition away from the tire repair

rrectness of i
area. Inflate and deflate the tire at least four times before breaking the bead from the rim. Completely remove the
tire from the rim before attempting any repair.
l purpos
•= When driving or riding in an airbag-equipped vehicle, never hold test equipment in your hands or lap while the

nform
ercia

vehicle is in motion. Objects between you and the airbag can increase the risk of injury in an accident.
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
e

I have read and I understand these Cautions and Warnings.


at

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Page 3 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0

You might also like